1. General Terms and Definitions

The following Betting Rules pertaining to the bookmaker BetWinner (hereinafter referred to as the Rules) stipulate the manner of accepting bets, paying winnings and resolving disputes, as well as the specific features of certain bets on certain sports. These Rules shall govern any other relations between the bookmaker BetWinner and the customer.
These Rules shall apply to betting on the website and at BetWinner betting facilities.

2. General Terms

1. BetWinner.com is owned by HARBESINA LTD (reg.number HE 405135) with a registered office located at Agias Zonis, 22A, 3027, Limassol, Cyprus as a Billing Agent and BetWinner.com is operated by PREVAILER B.V. as a License Holder (Curacao license No. 8048/JAZ).
2. The Terms and Conditions are governed under the laws of Cyprus.
3. The bookmaker BetWinner accepts bets on sports and other events worldwide.
4. Bets may only be placed by individuals who are 18 years of age or the age of majority in their state (if the age of majority is over 18) and agree to the Betting Rules offered by the bookmaker. The customer shall be held liable for violation of this regulation.
5. The following individuals are not allowed to place bets:
   • individuals who are under 18 years of age at the time of placement;
   • individuals who directly participate in the events being betted on (e.g. sportspeople, coaches, referees, club owners or club management, or other individuals who can influence the outcome of the event), as well as any individuals acting on their behalf;
   • individuals representing other bookmakers;
   • individuals who are prohibited from entering into a contract with a bookmaker subject to the effective legislation.
6. The bettor shall be held liable for the violation of paragraphs 4, 5 hereof. Should these Rules be violated, the bookmaker reserves the right to refuse to pay any winnings or to refund stakes, as well as to cancel any bets. The bookmaker shall not be liable in relation to the moment when they become aware that the customer falls within any of the aforementioned categories. This means that the bookmaker shall be entitled to take the above measures at any time once they have become aware that the customer is an individual who can be designated as above.
7. The right to access and/or use the Website (including any or all of the products offered through the Website) may be considered illegal in certain countries (including, for example, the United Kingdom etc.), and is restricted for sanctioned countries including Iran, North Korea, Syria, etc. The fact that our Website is available in such a country and/or jurisdiction or that it can be displayed in the official language of any of those countries cannot be considered official authorization or legal grounds for using our Website and depositing funds into your account or withdrawing your winnings. The availability of the Website does not mean that it contains any proposals, incitement or invitation to use or subscribe to betting, gambling or any of the other services in any jurisdiction where such activity is illegal.
8. You are responsible for determining whether your accessing and/or use of the Website is compliant with applicable laws in your jurisdiction and you warrant to us that gambling is legal in the territory where you reside. When opening an account and/or using our Website you must make sure that your actions are legal in the territory in which you reside. You also guarantee and agree that you have received legal advice before registering on our Website.
9. If we become aware that you are a resident in a country where the use of our Website is considered illegal, we will have the right to close your account and refund any remaining balance on your account at the moment of its closure (after the deduction of any winnings credited after your most recent deposit was made). 
10. The bookmaker shall be entitled to refuse bets from customers who fail to abide by these Rules. 
11. The bookmaker reserves the right to refuse to accept a bet from any individual without giving a reason.
12. All bets shall be settled based on the data provided by the processing center.
13. Winnings shall be paid to the bettor within 30 (thirty) calendar days from the date of official publication of the results of the latest event on the bet slip.
14. Winning bet slips can be paid out within 30 (thirty) calendar days from the date of the event specified on the bet slip.
15. After receiving returns, the bettor shall check if the winnings are correct. Should the bettor disagree with the winnings, they shall give notice to the bookmaker thereof with their account number, date, time, event, stake, selection, odds, and reasons of disagreement being stated. Any claims regarding winnings may be filed within 10 (ten) days. All bet calculation claims for Cyber-Live games are accepted within 72 hours from the moment of game ending.
16. A bet placed by the Customer shall be deemed won if all outcomes specified in such bet have been predicted correctly.
17. Betting terms (odds, handicaps, totals, maximum stake limits, etc.) may be subject to variation after a bet has been made, but this does not affect the terms at the time the bet was placed. Before entering into an arrangement, the customer shall check all changes in the current pre-match markets.
18. Bets placed on events, the outcome of which was known at the time of placement, shall be settled at odds of 1.
19. Subject hereto, in the event of any disagreement between the customer (contract party) and the bookmaker on any matter pertaining to the observance and fulfillment of a betting arrangement between the customer (contract party) and the bookmaker, including payouts, outcomes, odds and other material terms of the arrangement, as well as declaring such arrangement unconcluded or void, the parties agree that any disputes shall be settled by serving a complaint to the opposite party (pre-trial procedure).
20. Under the pre-trial procedure, a party claiming the violation of their rights shall serve a written complaint to the opposite party. Whenever a complaint is served to the bookmaker, it shall be delivered to the bookmaker’s registered office stated in the bookmaker’s constituent documents and supported by the respective statement from the public register of companies. Whenever a complaint is served to the customer (contract party), it shall be delivered to their place of residence (or place of stay).
21. A complaint shall be served within 10 (ten) days of the day when the party became aware or should have become aware of the violation of their rights. Documents supporting and substantiating such complaint shall be enclosed. In default of sufficient grounds for the complaint, the same shall be returned without examination. All bet calculation claims for Cyber-Live games are accepted within 72 hours from the moment of game ending.
22. In the case of technical failures and unfinished streams, etc. bets on eSports Live will be refunded only if the event in question does not occur or bets on the event are not settled by the bookmaker.
23. If an employee makes an error while accepting a bet (obvious misprints on the list of events, inconsistency of odds between offered betting markets and the bet, etc), or a bet is accepted in violation of these Rules, or if there are any other indications that the bet is wrong, the bookmaker reserves the right to declare such bets void. Returns on such bets shall be paid at odds of 1.
24. In the event of obviously erroneous odds, such bet shall be settled based on the final result at the effective odds applicable to the certain market.
25. In the event of suspicions in the unsportsmanlike format of matches the company reserves the right to block bets on sport event before final conclusion of an international organization and declare bets as invalid if the fact of an unsportsmanlike game is determined. Payment of these bets is made with odds “1”. The administration is not obliged to present evidence and conclusions to the customers.
26. Should the receiving party fail to consider a complaint within the established timeframe, a party claiming the violation of their rights shall be entitled to bring action to court, and the proper venue shall be a court in the country of the bookmaker’s registered office.
27. Should these Rules be amended, customers shall be notified accordingly. Bets accepted after the specified date shall be subject to the amended Rules. Earlier bets shall remain unchanged.
28. The Customer shall be responsible for keeping their password and account number received at registration confidential. All bets registered with the bookmaker shall be valid. Bet cancellation shall be subject to these Rules. Should the Customer’s login details come into the possession of a third party, the bookmaker should be informed, the Customer should change their username and password and their email password to stronger ones. You must not disclose any cash withdrawal codes or codes for changing your phone number to any third party.
29. In no event shall the bookmaker  be held liable to the Customer for any indirect, collateral, or incidental losses or damages (including loss of profit), even though they may have been notified that such losses or damages are likely to occur.
30. No connection failure while receiving confirmation of a bet shall entail the cancellation of such bet.
31. Placing a bet acts as proof that the Customer agrees to and accepts these Betting Rules.
32. Bets shall be settled and winnings shall be determined based only on the results declared by the bookmaker. Any complaints about the results, date, and actual starting time of the event shall be considered together with official documents from the relevant sports federations.
33. No complaint in connection with or arising from transliteration (or translation) of a team name, player’s surname, or sports venue will be considered by the bookmaker. A tournament title is given for convenience only. No mistake in a tournament title shall result in a stake refund.
34. Each registered customer may have only one account. Customers may register only one account per family, address, e-mail address, IP address, credit/debit card, e-wallet or electronic payment method. Persons otherwise associated with a customer will not be allowed to register on the website.
35. In the event of
    • duplicate registration (including registering under a new name), the submission of someone else’s, invalid, or forged documents (including those that have been edited by using any kind of software or graphic editor)
    • multiple breaches of the Betting Company’s T&C
    • doubts about the identity of the customer or the information they have provided (i.e. address, credit/debit card details, other data)
    • any types of fraud committed either by you or by another person acting in your interests or in collusion with you, including but not limited to:
      • a) refund or rake fraud
      • b) your use of a stolen or unverified bank card as a source of funds
      • c) any actions you have carried out or attempted to carry out which may reasonably be considered illegal in any applicable jurisdiction, which were committed deliberately or with the intention to deceive and/or circumvent constraints set in law regardless of whether this action or attempt ultimately causes loss or damage to your account
    • when the customer placed the bet, they had information about the result of that event
    • the customer was able to influence the outcome of an event due to their direct participation in the match (sportspeople, coaches, referees, etc.) or because they acted on behalf of the participants
    • bets were placed by a group of bettors acting in concert (as a syndicate) in order to exceed the limits set by the bookmaker, as well as colluding with others in order to obtain an unfair advantage through bonus schemes or any other promotions offered by us
    • the bettor is suspected of using special software or hardware which facilitate automated betting, including but not limited to the use of glitches, faults or errors in our software in connection with the Services we offer (including betting); your use of rogue equipment and programs or analytical systems, including but not limited to software that allows you to place bets without human intervention (for example, bots), etc.
    • unfair means of any kind were used to obtain information or circumvent restrictions imposed by the company. 
      The company’s management is entitled to request at their discretion any documents from the bettor substantiating their identity or other data they have provided (for example, passport details, residential address), as well as to cancel any payments until all such details have been verified. 
      The company’s management reserves the right to conduct a video conference as a part of the identity verification process, or request for the documents to be sent by post. Verification may take up to 72 hours from the receipt of the documents. The outcome of the video conference can be provided to the customer within 5 working days after a video conference takes place. If it is proven that the data that was provided is not valid, the company is entitled to take any reasonable measures including but not limited to cancelling all bets and suspending all transactions for the duration of their investigation, and to proceed with full verification of the account once any documents required for the verification procedure have been requested.
36. An account is blocked after staying inactive for 3 months. To unblock an account please contact Security Service 
37. No registered customer may be re-registered as a new customer (under a new name, with a new email address, etc.). Should re-registration (inter alia under a new name), provision of someone else’s documents, or use of invalid or false documents (including documents altered by means of image processing software) be proved, the administration reserves the right to void any bets placed from such an account. If the Customer refuses to undergo verification, the administration reserves the right to void their bets. Further, the administration reserves the right to block such an account (being re-registered) for the period of investigation. The bookmaker administration can make an individual exception upon the Customer’s request.
38. The bookmaker reserves the right to close a betting account immediately and void any bets placed thereon should the bookmaker establish that:
    • when the bettor placed the bet, they had information on the result of the corresponding event;
    • the bettor was able to influence the outcome due to their participation in the match (sportspeople, coaches, referees, etc.) or because they acted on behalf of participants;
    • bets were placed by a group of bettors acting in concert (as a syndicate) in order to exceed the limits setby the bookmaker;
    • one bettor has a few betting accounts (multiple registration);
    • the bettor is suspected of using special software or hardware facilitating automated betting;
    • unfair means were used to obtain information or circumvent restrictions imposed by the bookmaker.
      In the aforementioned circumstances balances on customers’ accounts shall be refunded after an investigation has been concluded. The balance shall be calculated excluding any unfair profits generated. The bookmaker reserves the right not to reimburse the bettor for any service charges imposed by payment systems while depositing and/or withdrawing monies from the BetWinner account.
39. Due to the increasing number of fraudulent actions such as multiple registrations and violations of the betting rules by customers, the bookmaker reserves the right to hold a video conference on Skype in order to verify the Customer’s identity.
40. Should the bookmaker’s Security Service have any concerns about the bettor’s identity or their personal details (address, credit or debit card, other data), they are entitled to request any documents from the bettor substantiating their identity or other submitted data at the bookmaker’s absolute discretion, as well as to cancel any payments until all such details are verified. Verification may take up to 72 hours from the receipt of documents. If it is proven that the submitted data is false, the bookmaker is entitled to cancel all bets and suspend all transactions for an indefinite period of time and proceed with full verification of the account. The betting company has the right to request for the documents to be sent by the post. The bookmaker reserves the right to request any documents required for such verification. 
41. The account holder confirms that any activities on the account are performed by themselves. If the account is managed by a third party, the account holder shall take exclusive responsibility for access to the account.
42. The bookmaker reserves the right to update these Rules and add new provisions at any time. Such new rules or amendments shall take effect immediately after publication on the website.
43. What is gambling addiction? Gambling problems are associated with mental health issues such as depression,
    anxiety and suicide. They can affect family relationships, professional and academic progress, and can even lead to bankruptcy and crime.
    Gambling is an entertaining activity rather than a source of income.
    Gambling is a thrilling and amusing pastime. Unfortunately, in some cases, involvement in such activities may cause problems. We take care of our customers and do our best to ensure responsible use of our website without any negative consequences.  We advertise our products and services in a responsible manner and will not target young or susceptible people.
44. Underage gambling. Our company does not allow minors (individuals under 18 years of age) to be involved in betting. We take every possible precaution to prevent violation of this rule. We guarantee that our advertisements, sponsorship and marketing campaigns do not contain information targeted to minors. 
45. Gambling addiction prevention. No advertising campaign or promotion misleads users, nor do they distort the nature of the services for potentially susceptible bettors. Customers are informed about the chances of winning as well as the potential risks. Services are provided based on the amount paid and excessive spending is not encouraged.
    Please answer the questions below. If you say ‘yes’ to all questions, you are likely to have a gambling problem:
    • Do you have uncontrolled spending?
    • Are you borrowing money or stealing in order to gamble?
    • Have you noticed that you spend less time with your family?
    • Do you react badly to other people’s opinion about your online gambling?
    • Have you lost interest in hobbies or usual leisure pursuits?
    • Do you feel depressed or even suicidal because of your gambling failures?
    • Have you ever lied to cover up the amount of money or time you have spent gambling?
46. It is never too late to admit that you have an addiction and to fight against it. We value our customers and in no event will we facilitate the progression of this illness. 
    Please read the following information which can help you lower the risk of developing gambling addiction:
    • Do not regard gambling as your main source of income;
    • Set limits on the time and money to be spent. Do not break these limits;
    • Please do not gamble if:
    • You are under the influence of alcohol or any other substance;
    • You are depressed;
    • Only gamble with money that you can afford to lose.
    • Avoid chasing your losses.
47. BetWinner customers are informed about the odds of winning and of the potential consequences and risks of losing.
    Our customers have a self-excluding option.
    Please write to customer support for help and also use the Self-restriction option if necessary.
    We provide assistance to players with potential gambling problems which is readily available, systematically provided and logged. We monitor all requests. 
48. For customers who want to set limits on their gambling, we offer a voluntary self-exclusion service, which allows you to close your account or restrict your gambling activities for one of the following periods: 1 month, 6 months or 1 year. Once your account has been self-excluded, it will be closed until the selected time period has elapsed. Once the self-exclusion period has ended, you will be able to recommence your use of any Services by contacting Customer Support.
    You can request that the restrictions are removed from your account before the self-exclusion period has ended; however, the final decision rests with the Company.

3. General betting rules

The bookmaker accepts bets based on a list of betting markets with odds that reflect the perceived probability of each outcome.

1. The minimum stake on any single selection is $0.30/€0.20.
2. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection separately. Maximum stake limits vary by sport and event. Whenever an accumulator (system) bet comprises several legs with different stake limits, the lowest maximum stake limit shall apply.
3. The maximum return is limited to €65,000 (or the equivalent sum in a foreign currency) per bet.
4. The bookmaker reserves the right to limit the maximum stake or odds on certain selections as well as to limit or raise the maximum stake or odds for certain customers without any notification or giving reasons.
5. Placing a bet more than once on the same outcome or combination of outcomes by the same bettor can be restricted at the discretion of the bookmaker.
6. A bet is considered to be accepted after its registration on the server and its online confirmation. Registered bets may not be altered or revoked.
7. Bets are only accepted in amounts not exceeding the current balance on the customer’s account. Once a bet has been registered, the stake is debited from the account. After bets have been settled, the return is credited to the customer’s account.
8. Bets are accepted before the start of the event; the relevant date, starting time, and commentary shown in the Sports section are indicative. Any bet placed after the event has started for any reason will be deemed void, except for in-play (live) bets, which are bets made while an event is taking place. Such bets shall be deemed valid until the end of the match.
9. SPORTS and LIVE bets may not be changed or deleted except for the certain cases described in paragraphs 10-14.
10. If a single bet is canceled, the relevant stake is refunded. In accumulators and system bets, when any leg or legs are canceled, such legs shall be excluded from the bet settlement.
11. If bets are settled incorrectly (e.g. the results were entered by mistake), such bets shall be recalculated. However, bets placed in the period between the erroneous settlement and recalculation shall be deemed valid. In the event the bettor’s account proves to be negative after such recalculation, no bets may be placed until the bettor has made a sufficient deposit.
12. No sports event shall be deemed rescheduled or canceled unless the same is announced in official documents issued by the event organizer, on official websites of sports federations, on websites of sports clubs, or by other sources of sports information. Events indicated in the Sports section shall be adjusted accordingly.
13. A bet shall be canceled should the customer deliberately mislead the staff (bookmaker employees) by submitting false data and requests pertaining to betting, payouts, results of the event, or any other details or requests of such nature. This rule shall also apply to minors (individuals under 18 years of age) and their parents.
14. A bet shall be canceled if it has been placed on a known outcome (an event has finished, but the results have not been updated).
15. The “Simultaneous finish” rule is the outcome in which there is more than one winner of the event, tournament, championship etc. Should two winners be announced then stake amount is divided into 2 while calculating bets. Should three or more winners be announced then bets will be settled with odds equal to “1”. This rule does not apply to the markets “To be higher”.
16. Bets on regional championships (football, futsal, hockey, etc.) are settled within 10 days from the publication of the results on official websites thereof. You can find the list of official websites in the section “Main Sources of Information”. If one of the teams does not show up, all bets shall be settled at odds of 1 (refund). In this event the non-participant forfeits the game.
17. Accepted abbreviations for events:
    • CK – corner kicks
    • ACE – aces
    • SO – sendings-off
    • PT – penalty time
    • YC – yellow cards
    • YRC – cards (yellow and red cards)
    • MS – misses
    • SOT – shots on target
    • OFF – offsides
    • F – fouls
    • SOG – shots on goal
    • EB – extra bets
    • S – series
    • FT – scored free throws
    • 2P – scored 2-point field goals
    • 3P – scored 3-point field goals
    • R – rebounds
    • AST – assists
    • TOV – turnovers
    • BLK – blocks
    • DF – double faults
    • PC – hitting a post or crossbar
    • BS – blocked shots
    • C – checking
    • I – icing
    • WF – winning face-off 

3.1 Bet slip sale

The Company offers a “Bet slip sale”; feature. If customer does not want to wait until their bet has been settled, they can sell the bet slip back to the company in part or in full and get money in their account immediately. The service is available in “My Account – Bet History” or in the “My Bets” tab on the bet slip.

The customer can choose between a full or a partial sale in the bet slip sale dialog window. In this window, the customer can choose the part of their stake they want returned to their gaming account. The remaining part of the stake will stay on their bet slip and will be taken into account when the bet is settled. The amounts are confirmed by pressing the “Sell” button.

The minimum and maximum amounts the customer can get back into their account are determined on a case-by- case basis, dependent on the specific bet placed. In some cases the customer can only sell the bet slip in full. In other cases, depending on the bet, the customer might be able to sell the bet slip in parts, and in several transactions, within the stake amount.

The more time a customer spends on the bet slip sale dialog window once it has been opened, the greater the chance that the amount offered to sell the bet slip for will change. If the situation around the event changes, the price offered for the sale of the bet slip could change too.

Bet slip sale is possible for single, accumulator bets and system bets.

A bet slip sale is impossible if:

• The bet has been settled;
• One or more outcomes on the bet slip have been blocked;
• The bet slip contains outcomes which cannot be sold;
• The bet slip has already been sold;
• The price offered to the customer for the bet slip has changed. In this case the customer should choose new amounts in the bet slip sale dialog window.
• A bet slip sale can also be blocked at the discretion of the Betting Company. 

The Company is not liable in cases where the service is not available due to technical failure. The Company reserves the right to suspend the service at any time in regard to any betting event without stating a reason. The bet slip sale transaction can be canceled if technical problems have been detected at any stage of the sale. In all such cases, bets are settled as normal based on the event outcome.

The Company does not guarantee that any bet placed on the website can be sold. The customer can only find out whether the bet can be sold after the bet has been accepted. The price of selling the bet slip offered by the Company is not up for negotiation. The customer has the right to accept the terms of sale or refuse to sell the bet slip at the specified price.

An “Auto sell” function is also available. The Customer indicates the amount that he would like to sell the bet slip for. The bet slip sale price will be continuously adjusted in accordance with the odds, and the bet slip will be sold automatically when the price reaches the desired amount.

Before the bet is sold automatically, a customer can themself sell the bet slip in whole or in part. In this case the “Auto sell” function will be deactivated. 

“Auto sell” terms fully correspond with “Bet slip sale” rules and its restrictions.

3.2 Bet slip editing

Bet slip editing function is available for single and accumulator bets in pre-match and live in the period while bet slip sale is available.

Bet slip editing option enables the Customer to replace, add or delete bets from an accumulator. One or more bets can be replaced, added or deleted. The stake, however, cannot be changed.

Replacing a bet:

• If one or more bets are replaced in an accumulator, a commission will be deducted in the amount equal to the commission that would have been charged in the event of a full bet slip sale.
• A bet can only be replaced with another bet that relates to the same market. For example, if W1 was chosen initially, it can only be changed to X (Draw) or W2. The Customer should check that the bet they want to include is still available when they are trying to make a change.

Deleting a bet:

• One or more bets can be deleted.
• If one or more bets are deleted from an accumulator, a commission will be deducted in the amount equal to the commission that would have been charged in the event of a full bet slip sale.

Adding a bet:

• One or more bets can be added.
• A commission will not be charged if one or more bets are added to a bet slip.
• When adding bets to a bet slip the odds of the bets selected initially will not change.

If a bet slip type is changed, a commission will be deducted in the amount equal to the commission that would have been charged in the event of a full bet slip sale. In that case the odds of the bets selected initially will change (except when the bet slip type is changed from a single to an accumulator).

Any changes in a bet slip must be confirmed by pressing “Save changes”.

Bet slip editing is not permitted if a bet has been partially sold. Bet slip editing is also not permitted if a bet slip is entered into bonus offers or promotions.

3.3 Powerbet

1. Bettors are offered the “Powerbet” feature on a live or pre-match single bet. The feature can be used while Bet Slip Sale is available.
2. The “Powerbet” feature allows you to boost a bet you have already placed on a particular market and, if things turn out in your favor, you could end up winning even more, without having to increase your initial stake.
3. “Powerbet” can be used on a bet you have already placed. For example, if you have placed a bet on a Total Over market, you can use a Powerbet to boost the value of Total Over. This gives you the chance to increase your potential winnings from the bet slip in question before your initial bet is settled.

4. Types of bets

The bookmaker offers the following types of bets:

4.1 Single bet

A single bet is a bet on a particular outcome. To calculate the return on a single bet, the stake is multiplied by the odds of your selection.

4.2 Accumulator bet

An accumulator bet is a bet consisting of several selections on unrelated events. To calculate the return on an accumulator, the stake is multiplied by the corresponding odds of all selections within the accumulator. Should at least one leg fail, the whole bet is lost.

4.3 System bet

A system bet is a bet consisting of several accumulators of the same size on a pre-determined number of outcomes.
The maximum number of accumulators within a system is 184756.
The maximum number of outcomes within a system is 20.
To calculate the payout, the returns on all accumulators included in the system are added up.
Table of the number of accumulators in a system 

4.4 Chain

A chain consists of several single bets on unrelated outcomes. The stake in each single bet is equal to the stake placed on the very first selection which rolls over with each bet won. The bettor determines the order of bets being settled within a chain and places a bet on the first selection in the chain. For bet settlement purposes, a concept of a “chain account” is used. As each single bet in the chain is settled, the balance on the “chain account” is adjusted accordingly. Initially, the balance equates to the first stake.
As the chain progresses, should the balance on the chain account be less than the pre-determined stake, this remaining balance will be placed on the next selection.
The chain is settled based on the order of bets on the bet slip rather than chronologically. The balance remaining on the “chain account” after all bets have been settled shall be paid. If the balance on the “chain account” drops to zero at any point, the chain is terminated and the bet is deemed lost.

4.5 Advancebet

1. Advancebets are offered to the Customer based on the potential returns from unsettled bets.
2. BetWinner reserves the right to offer or refuse such bets in its absolute discretion without stating a reason.
3. The available Advancebet amount can be viewed on your bet slip. Click on the “Find out” button opposite “Available Advancebet” and you will see the amount available.
4. Advancebets can be placed either on live sports events or on sports events that are due to start within 48 hours.
5. When calculating the available Advancebet amount, only bets on events due to start within 48 hours are taken into account.
6. All bets placed prior to Advancebets and settled within 48 hours after placement of Advancebets will be used to repay Advancebets.
7. An Advancebet may be offered even if you already have unsettled Advancebets.
8. If the payout on settled bets placed prior to placement of Advancebets does not suffice to repay an Advancebet, such Advancebets will be deemed void.
9. Deposits made after using Advancebets cannot be used to repay such Advancebets.

Example

Your account balance is €260. You have made the following bets:
€100 at odds of 1.5 — potential returns are €150.
€150 at odds of 2 — potential returns are €300.
Now your available balance is €10.
BetWinner offers you an Advancebet of €100. Now you are able to place bets to a total stake value of €110.
You then place a bet of €30 (€10 off your available balance and €20 of the Advancebet amount) at odds of 1.5.
Potential returns are €45.
You also place a bet of €50 (from your Advancebet balance) at odds of 2. Potential returns are €100.

Let’s consider the potential outcomes

1. Bets made using Advancebets have won. Expected payouts are €45 and €100. Bets made with your own funds have lost. Bets made with Advancebets will therefore be deemed void. Your own €10 that formed part of your Advancebet stake will be refunded to your account.
2. Bets made with Advancebets have lost. Bets made with your own funds have won. The payout is (150+300) = €450. €50 and €20 were used as Advancebets (plus €10 of your own funds). The amount of the Advancebets will be deducted from the payout (150+300)-50- 20 = €380. Therefore, €380 will be credited to your account.
3. Bets made using Advancebets have lost. Bets made with your own funds have lost. In this case, bets made as Advancebets will be nullified. Your own €10 that formed part of your Advancebet stake will be lost.

4.6 Promo code bet

1. The bookmaker offers a “Promo code” bonus bet.
2. A promo code is given to an individual Customer at the bookmaker’s absolute discretion.
3. A promo code may be texted or sent via “My Messages” in the Customer’s online account.
4. Each promo code has its own terms and conditions of use. You can find the terms of each promo code in the Promo section (“Promo Code Check”).
5. Bets made with the use of promo codes are non-refundable.
6. Bets made with the use of promo codes are not taken into account for any future promotions.
7. Multiple accounts set up by one user cannot participate in the promotion. The bonus can only be awarded once per person, account, address, email address, credit/debit card number or IP address.
8. The bookmaker reserves the right to withhold any free bets made with the use of promo codes should the security department suspect that promotions are being misused or if any unusual series of bets is detected.
9. A free bet may not be used in part.
10. How to bet using a promo code if you get a code by text:
    • To check your promo code, go to Bonus – Promo and click on “Promo Code Check”. Enter the code from the text. Click on “View History” to look through all available promo codes.
    • Go to the SPORTS or LIVE sections and select an outcome corresponding to the terms of the promo code (single or accumulator bet).
    • Click on the selected outcome to put it on your bet slip.
    • Enter the promo code into the “Promo code” field on the bet slip. Do not enter a stake.
    • Click on “Place a bet”
    • If your bet wins, the winnings will be credited to your account.

4.7 Multibet

A Multibet is a set of accumulators and single bets. A Multibet may include a Lobby bet or it may not.

A Multibet with a Lobby can be described as an accumulator which includes two bets: a Lobby bet and a system bet consisting of several selections.

A Lobby is an outcome upon which the win of a Multibet depends. A Lobby may be placed as a single bet or as an accumulator.
To create a Multibet, there must be at least three selections on a bet slip (apart from any Lobby).
Should the Lobby lose, the whole bet loses. Should the system bet lose, the whole bet loses.
Should the Lobby and one or more legs of the system bet win, the odds of the Lobby shall be multiplied by the odds of the system (depending on how many legs of the system won) and the stake on one leg within the system. If a Lobby is not included in a Multibet, the bet slip shall be treated as a system bet. A Multibet without a Lobby and comprising only of single bets shall be treated as a system bet. 

Example. Let’s consider settlement of the following Multibet (a Lobby, two single bets and one accumulator)

Lobby – odds 1.8
Block 1 – odds 1.39
Block 2 – odds 1.78
Block 3 – odds 2.44
Stake – €300 

The stake on one leg in the system bet amounts to 300/3 = €100
1st Option
The Lobby loses. The bet slip loses.
2nd Option
The system of 2 single bets and the accumulator loses. The bet slip loses.
3rd Option
The Lobby wins.
One leg of the system consisting of 2 single bets wins: Block 1 + Block 3. The stake on one leg in the system amounts to €100. (1.39 х 2.44) х 1.8 = 6.1 х €100 = €610.
4th Option
The Lobby wins.
All legs in the system win. The stake on one leg in the system amounts to €100. (1.39 х 2.44 + 1.39 х 1.78 + 1.78 х 2.44) х 1.8 = 18.36 х €100 = €1,836.

4.8 Conditional bet

A conditional bet is a combination of bets (single bets and accumulators) on unrelated outcomes. The bettor may determine at their own discretion the order of the outcomes involved in a conditional bet. All outcomes shall be settled in the order specified on the bet slip. The bettor may determine at their own discretion the stake on each outcome. The stake on each subsequent outcome may not exceed the return from the preceding outcomes. The bettor may also specify only the initial stake. In this event, the stake on each subsequent outcome in the conditional bet will equal the maximum (100%) return from the preceding selection. Should the first selection lose, the conditional bet loses. The settlement of a conditional bet shall be terminated if one of the selections loses and there are no funds left for subsequent stakes.

Example. The conditional bet consists of three blocks.
Block 1 – odds 1.15, stake €100 (the stake paid by the Customer when the bet is accepted).
Block 2 – a double at odds of 1.39 and 1.13 respectively. The stake amount is set as the maximum.
Block 3 – odds 1.13, stake €100

1st option
Block 1 loses. The whole bet loses as there is no stake available for the subsequent blocks.
2nd option
Block 1 wins. The return amounts to €115.
Block 2 (a double), the stake is set as the maximum (€115). This wins and so the return is (1.39 x 1.13) x 115 = 1.57 x 115 = €180.63.
The stake for Block 3 is deducted from the return. The stake for Block 3 amounts to €100. 180.63 – 100 = €80.63. The sum of €80.63 is credited to the conditional bet account.
Block 3 loses.
The balance on the conditional bet account amounts to €80.63. The return is €80.63.
3rd option
Block 1 wins. The return amounts to €115.
Block 2 (a double), the stake is set as the maximum (€115). The return is (1.39 х 1.13) х 115 = 1.57 х 115 = €180.63.
The stake for Block 3 is deducted from the return. The stake for Block 3 is €100. 180.63 – 100 = €80.63. The sum of
€80.63 is credited to the conditional bet account.
Block 3 wins – 100 х 1.13 = €113
The return amounts to 80.63 + 113 = €193.63
4th option
Block 1 wins. The return amounts to €115.
Block 2 (a double) loses. The stake of Block 2 is set as the maximum, therefore the sum of €115 is lost.
Block 3 wins. The stake is €100. As Block 2 lost, there is no stake.
The bet slip loses.

4.9 Anti-Accumulator

An anti-accumulator is the opposite of an accumulator in terms of bet settlement, which means that the bet wins if the relevant accumulator loses. The bet must include two or more selections on unrelated events, and the bet wins should at least one selection lose.
The combined odds of an anti-accumulator are calculated based on the opposite of the winning probability of an accumulator consisting of the same legs.

Example. The bet slip includes 3 selections.
Selection 1 – odds 1.25
Selection 2 – odds 1.65
Selection 3 – odds 1.85

For this accumulator the combined odds are 3.81. The winning odds of the respective anti-accumulator, calculated by our software, equate to 1.17. The anti-accumulator bet may be settled as follows:

1st option
If at least one selection does not win (is not predicted correctly), and the other selections win, the return will be 100 x 1.17 = €117.
2nd option
If there is a payout at odds of 1.00 on Selection 3, the final odds of the accumulator will be 2.06. Accordingly, the winning odds of the respective anti-accumulator will increase from 1.17 to 1.58. If Selection 1 or Selection 2 do not win (are not predicted correctly), the anti-accumulator bet will win and the return will be 100 x 1.58 = €158.
3rd option
If there is a payout at odds of 1.00 on Selection 2 and Selection 3, the final odds of the accumulator will be 1.25. Accordingly, the winning odds of the respective anti-accumulator will increase from 1.17 to 3.16. If Selection 1 does not win (is not predicted correctly), the anti-accumulator will win and the payout will be 100 x 3.16 = €316.

4th option
Should any of the selections win (be predicted correctly) and should there be a payout at odds of 1.00 on the remaining selections, the anti-accumulator bet will lose.
Should there be a payout for all three selections at odds of 1.00, the stake will be refunded to the Customer’s account.

4.10 Lucky

A Lucky bet is a combination of single bets and all associated available accumulators for a specific number of selections. The minimum number of selections is 2, the maximum number of selections is 8.
To get a payout, at least one selection needs to be predicted correctly.

Example. The bet slip includes 4 selections.
Selection 1 – odds 2
Selection 2 – odds 3.5
Selection 3 – odds 4
Selection 4 – odds 1.5
The stake is €150

The Lucky bet will include the following bets:
4 single bets

6 permed doubles
4 permed trebles
1 fourfold accumulator

You have 15 bets in total. The stake shall be calculated as follows: €150/15 bets = €10 per bet. 

4 single bets of €10 each 

6 permed doubles of €10 each

4 permed trebles of €10 each

1 fourfold accumulator of €10

Should all single bets win, all other options on the bet slip shall be deemed won. All returns will add up to €1,677.50.
Should only one selection win, for example Selection 4, the return will be 1.5 x €10 = €15. All the remaining 14 options will lose.

4.11 Patent

A Patent involves all the possible accumulators derived from a set number of selections. The minimum number of selections is 3 and the maximum number of selections is 8.
To win, at least one accumulator needs to be predicted correctly (this means a minimum of two selections should be predicted correctly).

Example. There are 4 selections on a bet slip.
Selection 1 – odds 2
Selection 2 – odds 3.5
Selection 3 – odds 4
Selection 4 – odds 1.5
The stake is €110.

The Patent will include the following bets:
6 permed doubles
4 permed trebles
1 fourfold accumulator.

There are 11 combinations. The stake is calculated as follows: €110/11 combinations = €10 per combination. 

6 permed doubles of €10 each

4 trebles of €10 each 

1 fourfold accumulator of €10

Should all single bets win, then all options in this bet slip shall be deemed won. All returns add up to €1,567.50.
Should only one of the four selections play out as predicted, all the options in this bet slip shall be deemed lost.

5. Restrictions on Inclusion of Certain Outcomes

1. The accumulator cannot contain any related outcomes. Should an accumulator (system) consist of two or more related outcomes, outcomes with the lowest odds will be excluded from the accumulator (system). Related outcomes (related events) are those when one part of the bet affects another part of the bet.
2. A bet on “Team to score a penalty Yes/No” market will be deemed lost if no penalty is awarded during regular time.
3. Bets on “How the goal will be scored” and “Next goal” markets will be deemed lost if the goal number specified in the bet is not scored.

6. Live Betting

1. Live bets are accepted on main markets (win, total, handicap) and additional markets (HT-FT etc). You may place single live bets or combine them in accumulators.
2. The bet shall be deemed accepted once it has been registered on the server and online confirmation has been received. You may not alter the bet once it has been accepted. If the circumstances specified in p. 2.7 of “General Terms” occur, the live bet may be settled at odds of 1.
3. The bookmaker takes no responsibility for any inaccuracy regarding the current scores of matches on which live bets are being accepted. Customers should refer to other independent sources of information.
4. No live bets may be edited or deleted.

7. Deposits and Withdrawals

1. There are various ways of depositing and withdrawing funds from the Customer’s account. All deposit and withdrawal methods can be found in the “Payments” section.
2. All withdrawal requests are processed 24/7.
   It can take up to up to seven (7) business days to process the request depending on chosen payment method.
   Please note that withdrawals may experience a slight delay due to the identity verification process. In the case of a withdrawal being made for the first time, a large withdrawal or changes being made to payment options, we may take additional security measures to ensure that you are the rightful recipient of the funds..
3. The BetWinner Security Service is entitled to:
   • decline cash withdrawal requests if deposits were made through e-payment systems.
   • refuse any withdrawal should the deposit or withdrawal amounts be inconsistent with bets placed (the Customer must place bets with stakes which add up to the sum of all deposits and the bets must have odds of at least 1.1). Permitted withdrawal amounts shall be calculated based on the amount of the bets placed from any given deposit.
   • refuse any withdrawal if the betting account is misused. In this case your account must be verified before withdrawal can take place.
4. The BetWinner Security Service does not recommend Customers:
   • transfer funds from one payment system to another;
   • deposit and withdraw funds without placing bets;
      In the foregoing events, funds will be returned to your account.
5. You can only withdraw funds using the same payment details that were used for depositing funds into your account. If you use different methods to make a deposit, withdrawals should be proportionate to the deposits made using any particular method.
6. BetWinner may refuse withdrawals via payment systems or in cash and offer a bank transfer as a substitute.
7. ATTENTION! The administration does not recommend making deposits using someone else’s electronic wallet.
8. The administration has the right to return funds to the holder of such electronic wallet without prior notification.
9. In certain cases, the company has the right to unilaterally initiate the verification procedure of a customer’s payments and request additional information from the payment system.
   The customer’s account may be blocked for financial procedure purposes during the verification process.
   According to the terms of some payment systems, the verification procedure can last up to a maximum of 180 days. 
10. In certain circumstances and in respect to certain customers BetWinner may decide not to reimburse service charges imposed by payment systems on deposits or withdrawals, which BetWinner usually reimburses.
11. If the user doesn’t abide by the rules of the Company (doesn’t follow it’s Terms and Conditions, doesn’t place a bet before withdrawal etc) the Company reserves a right to decline such withdrawal.
12. No service charge is imposed if monies are deposited into or withdrawn from User’s account in BTC currency using the Bitcoin payment system.

Your credit card statement will read “Betting_deposit”.

8. Refund Policy

1. You are responsible for determining whether your accessing and/or use of the Website is compliant with applicable laws in your jurisdiction and you warrant to us that gambling is legal in the territory where you reside. When opening an account and/or using our Website you must make sure that your actions are legal in the territory in which you reside. You also guarantee and agree that you have received legal advice before registering on our Website. If we become aware that you are a resident in a country where the use of our Website is considered illegal, we will have the right to close your account and refund any remaining balance on your account at the moment of its closure (after the deduction of any winnings credited after your most recent deposit was made).
2. In the event of
   • duplicate registration (including registering under a new name), the submission of someone else’s, invalid, or forged documents (including those that have been edited by using any kind of software or graphic editor)
   • multiple breaches of the Betting Company’s T&C
   • doubts about the identity of the customer or the information they have provided (i.e. address, credit/debit card details, other data)
   • any types of fraud committed either by you or by another person acting in your interests or in collusion with you, including but not limited to:
     • refund or rake fraud
     • your use of a stolen or unverified bank card as a source of funds
     • any actions you have carried out or attempted to carry out which may reasonably be considered illegal in any applicable jurisdiction, which were committed deliberately or with the intention to deceive and/or circumvent constraints set in law regardless of whether this action or attempt ultimately causes loss or damage to your account
   • when the customer placed the bet, they had information about the result of that event
   • the customer was able to influence the outcome of an event due to their direct participation in the match (sportspeople, coaches, referees, etc.) or because they acted on behalf of the participants
   • bets were placed by a group of bettors acting in concert (as a syndicate) in order to exceed the limits set by the bookmaker, as well as colluding with others in order to obtain an unfair advantage through bonus schemes or any other promotions offered by us
   • the bettor is suspected of using special software or hardware which facilitate automated betting, including but not limited to the use of glitches, faults or errors in our software in connection with the Services we offer (including betting); your use of rogue equipment and programs or analytical systems, including but not limited to software that allows you to place bets without human intervention (for example, bots), etc.
   • unfair means of any kind were used to obtain information or circumvent restrictions imposed by the company.
     • The company’s management is entitled to request at their discretion any documents from the bettor substantiating their identity or other data they have provided (for example, passport details, residential address), as well as to cancel any payments until all such details have been verified.
     • The company’s management reserves the right to conduct a video conference as a part of the identity verification process, or request for the documents to be sent by post. Verification may take up to 72 hours from the receipt of the documents. The outcome of the video conference can be provided to the customer within 5 working days after a video conference takes place. If it is proven that the data that was provided is not valid, the company is entitled to take any reasonable measures including but not limited to cancelling all bets and suspending all transactions for the duration of their investigation, and to proceed with full verification of the account once any documents required for the verification procedure have been requested.
3. Upon completion of the investigation, the company can make any decision that it deems to be fair and reasonable:
   • to block (close) the account (including any duplicate accounts), which may entail:
     • all bonuses, free bets and winnings received from those bonuses and free bets when using this duplicate account becoming void and lost to you
     • at our sole discretion, to cancel all winnings and refund the balance of your account at the start of the investigation (minus any canceled winnings) made from your main and duplicate accounts. We also have the right to refund any amounts that are owed to us in connection with this duplicate account, directly from any of your accounts (including any other duplicate account).
   • At our sole discretion (in exceptional cases), to allow the continued use of the main account and recognize it as valid, while all bets placed by you from the duplicate account will be void, the duplicate account(s) will be blocked and/or canceled by decision of the company (the decision is made for each particular case individually, according to the extent of the violation).
4. The bettor shall be held liable for the violation of above mentioned paragraphs. Should these Rules be violated, the bookmaker reserves the right to refuse to pay any winnings or to refund stakes, as well as to cancel any bets. The bookmaker shall not be liable in relation to the moment when they become aware that the customer falls within any of the aforementioned categories. This means that the bookmaker shall be entitled to take the above measures at any time once they have become aware that the customer is an individual who can be designated as above.
5. For all the queries relating to the refund requests, the User should contact Support Service at [email protected] or via live support chat within the first twenty-four (24) hours of the alleged transaction.
   Each such query will be handled in a good manner in (24)-(72) hours after the submitting of the query depending on the department engaged, and the answer will be provided after that time.
   The User acknowledges and accepts that each query will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis and is ready to provide any additional information upon the request of the Support Service officer if this is necessary for providing a reasonable answer. In some cases it can take more time to provide the answer to the User and the User will be notified of it.
   The fulfillment of the refund request depends on the particular payment method the alleged transaction was made.
   The refund is made by the same payment method as the alleged transaction was made.
   Subject to the existing Terms and Conditions the Сompany reserves the right to refuse any such request at its sole discretion.

9. Match Results, Dates and Starting Times, Dispute Resolution

Bet settlement may be revised when the bookmaker presents incorrect results.

1. Bets are settled based on the actual starting time of the event, which is determined roughly in accordance with the official documents of the bodies who organize said event. Failing such effective documents, information shall be taken from the official websites of sports federations, the websites of sports clubs, and other sources of sports information.
2. The bookmaker bears no responsibility for a discrepancy between the stated date and time and the actual date and time of an event. The date and starting time of the event as shown in the “Sports” section are indicative. Bets are settled subject to the actual starting time of an event as specified in the official documents of the organizer of such event.
3. The bookmaker bears no responsibility for inaccurate references to the name of a championship or duration of a match (sports event). Details shown in the “Sports” or “Live” sections are indicative. Customers should use other independent sources of information to find out details of the relevant sports event.
4. The weather information in the SPORT and LIVE sections is indicative. Inconsistencies of the weather conditions in the SPORT and LIVE sections cannot be the cause for cancellation of the placed bets.
5. Complaints about results should be submitted within 10 calendar days from the end of the event if there are official documents pertaining to the results of the event issued by the organizer of that event.
6. Bets placed after the starting time of the event shall be settled at odds of 1 (except for live bets); in an accumulator, the odds of such legs shall be taken as 1.
7. If the Customer places a bet on an event of which the result is known to them, such bet shall be canceled. In this event, the bookmaker shall make a decision only after a special private investigation. Any activities related to such a bet shall be temporarily suspended.
8. PRE-MATCH betting. If a match or competition is postponed (rescheduled) for more than 48 hours for whatever reason all bets on this event shall be declared void (this is an approximate time, the bookmaker shall be entitled to keep such bets standing at its absolute discretion for the avoidance of disputes which may arise if the match is postponed for more than 48 hours from the official scheduled starting time). The event shall be deemed postponed or rescheduled if the official scheduled starting time of the event is altered.
9. LIVE betting. If a match or competition is interrupted for whatever reason and continues within 5 hours from its start, all bets shall stand. Unless the interrupted match or competition continues within 5 hours from its start, all bets shall be settled at odds of 1, except when the result of the bet has already been determined. This rule does not apply to events which may end within a period exceeding 5 hours subject to their rules (see p. 10 “Sports Rules”).
10. If a match does not end and is abandoned (see p. 10 “Sports Rules”), the outcomes determined before such abandonment (for example, first half markets, first goal and its time market, etc.) shall be accounted for at the bet settlement. All remaining bets shall be settled at odds of 1.
11. If a participant withdraws before the start of an event, then all bets on such participant shall be declared void.
12. If a participant drops out during the contest for any reason (injury, withdrawal, etc.), all bets placed before the start of the last round of the contest in which he/she took part shall stand. All other bets shall be declared void. If a player withdraws from a tennis match, bets shall be settled under the rules of p. 10.23.
13. If a member of a team (football, hockey, basketball player, etc.) has not participated in the game, the winning odds in their respect shall be deemed equal to 1 unless otherwise stipulated.
14. If withdrawal or disqualification takes place before the start of a tennis match, the winning odds shall amount to 1, except for bets on the win of the participant in question (such bets will be deemed lost). If a tennis match is interrupted, does not end on the same day and is postponed, all bets shall stand until the end of the tournament within which the match was scheduled, until the match is played or any participant withdraws. If a player withdraws from a tennis match, bets shall be settled under the rules of p. 10.23.
15. When two particular named opponents (teams, sportspeople) are expected to participate in an event (match, competition or fight), but later one or both of these opponents change, all bets on the event shall be canceled.
16. In team competitions when one or several players are substituted in any team for whatever reason, all bets on the result of the match shall stand.
17. In doubles matches when the names of the pairs are specified and at least one participant is substituted, the winning odds shall be 1. When the names of the pairs are not specified, all bets shall stand.
18. In competitions where the terms “home” and “away” are used, should the event take place in a different venue, the following applies:
    • if a neutral venue, bets shall stand;
    • if the opposing team’s venue, bets shall stand.
19. When the terms “home” and “away” do not apply to an event (for example in dual or individual sports), should an event take place at a venue different to that originally specified, all bets shall stand. NBA, NHL, AHL, CHL, OHL, WHL and East Coast Hockey League teams may be shown in a direct order (home – away) and in a reversed order. If the latter is the case, no stakes are refunded.
20. In friendlies, including club friendlies, when the event takes place in a different venue, all bets shall stand.
21. If more than one participant or team is declared the winner, the winning odds of the bets on such participants or teams shall be divided by the number of winners. For example, if two participants are declared winners, the winning odds of the relevant selections shall be divided by two.
22. If there is no description of bet settlement for a particular sport or situation, the same shall be governed by the General Terms.
23. When a dispute of a particular type takes place for the first time, the bookmaker shall make the final decision.
24. In the event of discrepancies in data from different sources of information (date, time, result, team title), the bookmaker shall suspend payouts until the authenticity of such data is established through investigation. Should the result of a finished event published on an official website differ from that shown in a TV broadcast, the bookmaker reserves the right to settle bets based on the TV broadcast.
25. If there is an error in the odds output application and the bookmaker admits such error, all bets on such selections shall be deemed won and payouts shall be made at odds of 1.
26. If the initial result of a finished event is revised later for any reason and one party forfeits the game (abandonment shall be disregarded), all bets shall be paid subject to the initial (actual) result. The actual result is the result declared based on the official minutes and other official sources of information immediately after the end of the event.

10. Rules on sports

10.1 Australian Rules Football

1. The bookmaker accepts bets:
   • on regular time of 80 minutes (four quarters of 20 minutes each or two halves of 40 minutes each)
   • on regular time including overtime (labeled “Including Overtime”).
     The bookmaker bears no responsibility for any inaccurate declaration of the duration of a match. Details shown in the “Sports” and “Live” sections are indicative only. The Customer should check the rules against official sources.
2. Should a match be interrupted before the expiration of 80 minutes, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted.
3. If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such.
4. To Score First Goal. If the player has not participated in a match or is introduced as a substitute after the first goal has been scored, all bets on this player will be deemed void. Bets on players who had been substituted or sent off before the first goal was scored will lose. If the first goal is scored by a player on whom no price has been offered, all bets on other players will lose, except for the “Any Other Player” market. If a match has been interrupted before the first goal is scored, all bets will be canceled.
5. A goal (6 points) is when the ball is kicked between the narrower inner goal posts without touching another player, and the scoring team gets 6 points.
6. A behind (1 point) is when the ball is kicked between an inner goal post and an outer behind post, or the ball hits the goal post, or passes over the gate line or the behind line.
7. Bets on “HT-FT” markets are accepted on the half-time and the entire match.

10.2 American Football

1. The bookmaker accepts bets:
   • on regular time (60 minutes of play consisting of four quarters of 15 minutes each);
   • on regular time including overtime (labeled “Including Overtime”).
2. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been determined at the time the match was interrupted.
3. At least 55 minutes of play must elapse for bets to stand. In this event, all bets will be settled based on the results at the time the match was stopped.
4. For bets on “Higher At The End Of The Tournament” markets, if the teams fail to qualify from the group, bets will be settled based on their respective places within the group. If teams take equal places, bets will be settled based on their score.
5. Highest (Lowest) Scoring Quarter – Total. Should there be two or more highest (lowest) scoring quarters with the same total, no stakes shall be refunded. In this event, bets will be settled based on the total.
6. Highest Scoring Quarter. If it is impossible to determine the highest scoring quarter unconditionally (i.e. if two or more quarters end with the same score), bets on such quarters will be settled at odds of 1. Bets on other quarters will be deemed lost.
7. Highest Scoring Half. Should both halves end with the same score, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
8. If a match including overtime ends in a draw, W1 and W2 bets will be settled at odds of 1 (stakes will be refunded), while bets on total and handicap markets will be settled based on the match result.

10.3 Badminton, Table Tennis, Beach Volleyball

1. If the start of a match is delayed or postponed for any reason, all bets will stand until the match or the tournament in which the match features has concluded or until the withdrawal of one of the participants.
2. Should a match be interrupted due to the withdrawal or disqualification of either team in the first game/set, all bets will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted. Bets on the match winner will be settled at odds of 1 in this case.
3. Should a match be interrupted due to the withdrawal or disqualification of either team, the first game/set must have been completed for bets on the winner of the match to stand, otherwise all bets on this outcome will be settled at odds of 1. In the event of the withdrawal or disqualification of a player, a forfeit will be declared.
4. If a match starts, but is not completed for any reason (for example, if one of the opponents refuses to continue or is disqualified) and more than two games/sets have been played, the outcomes which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted (for example, the outcome of the first game/set, total of the first game/set, etc.) will count towards the bet settlement. Payouts on other bets will be made at odds of 1 except for bets on the winner of the match. The team which has advanced to the next round or the winner of the tournament will be regarded as the winner of the match.
5. No bet will be canceled because of a misprint in the initials of a sportsman/sportswoman (for example, B. Smith instead of A. Smith). In this event, bets will stand.
6. “Win The Match”. If any of the players named in the outcome is substituted before the start of the match, all bets shall be deemed void.
7. Handicaps and totals for the aforementioned sports must be specified in points except for “Handicap By Sets” and “Total Sets” markets.
8. “Winner”. The sportsman/sportswoman (the team) who takes first place in the tournament will be considered the winner. If the sportsman/sportswoman withdraws from the tournament before it begins, bets on that sportsman/sportswoman will be settled at odds of 1.
9. “To Qualify”. The Customer should predict which player of the two listed will advance further in the tournament bracket. If both players are eliminated from the tournament, the one who has advanced further in the bracket will be deemed the winner. If both players are eliminated from the same round, bets will be settled at odds of 1. If the player withdraws from the tournament before it starts, bets will be settled at odds of 1.

10.4 Basketball

1. The bookmaker accepts bets:
   • on regular time (the time of play may be 48 minutes consisting of four quarters of 12 minutes each or 40 minutes consisting of four quarters of 10 minutes each; NCAA – two halves of 20 minutes each);
   • on regular time including overtime (labeled “Including Overtime”).
      Bets on Stats include OT unless stated otherwise. Other betting terms may be specified in the betting section.
2. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets on the match will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been determined at the time the match was interrupted.
3. If the duration of a match is 40 minutes, at least 35 minutes must be played for bets to stand. If the duration of a match is 48 minutes, at least 40 minutes must be played for bets to stand. In these cases, all bets will be settled based on the results at the time the match was interrupted.
4. In basketball matches (for events labeled “Including Overtime”) bets on handicap and total markets in the fourth quarter and the second half are settled excluding overtime.
5. NBA teams may be shown in a direct order (home-away), as well as in a reversed order. If the latter is the case, no stakes are refunded.
6. “Higher At The End Of The Tournament”. Should the teams fail to qualify from their group, bets will be settled based on the place they finish within the group. Should the teams take equal places within the group, then bets will be settled based on their score.
7. The Customer should check the rules of basketball friendlies (whether cup or club friendlies) through official sources. If a friendly ends in a draw (the rules of the match have been changed), bets on the winner will be settled at odds of 1. However, bets on total and handicap markets will be settled on the result.
8. In basketball cup matches, the overtime awarded based on the aggregate results of two matches only counts for the “To Qualify For The Next Round”, “To Qualify For Another League”, “Winner” and similar markets.
9. Should a basketball match end in a draw, the “Will There Be Overtime? – Yes” bet wins and the “Will There Be Overtime? – No” bet loses.
10. “Half-Time/Full-Time”. In the “Sports” section “W” stands for win and “X” stands for draw. The outcome of the first half is specified first and is followed by the outcome after regular time. For example, W1W2 means that the first team (W1) will win the first half and the second team (W2) will win the match in regular time.
11. “Highest (Lowest) Scoring Quarter – Total”. If two or more highest (lowest) scoring quarters have the same total, no stakes will be refunded. In this event bets will be settled based on the total (when the total of the fourth quarter is settled, no points scored in overtime will count).
12. “Highest Scoring Quarter”. If the highest scoring quarter is impossible to determine unconditionally (i.e. when two or more quarters have ended with the same result), bets on such quarters will be settled at odds of 1. Bets on оther quarters will lose (when the total of the fourth quarter is settled, no points scored in overtime will count).
13. “Highest Scoring Half”. If both halves have ended with the same result, bets will be settled at odds of 1 (when the total of the second half is settled, no points scored in overtime will count).
14. “Team… To Win Both Halves – Yes”. When the total of the second half is settled, no points scored in overtime will count. “Team… To Win Both Halves – No”. The bet will win if the team specified has drawn or lost at least one half.
15. “Each Team Will Score Over 72.5 – Yes”. The bet will win if the total scored by each team during the match amounts to 73 or more.
16. “Each Team Will Score Over 72.5 – No”. The bet will win if at least one of the teams has not reached the quoted total.
17. “Total For Each Quarter Over 32.5 – Yes”. The bet will win if the total number of points scored in each quarter is 33 or more.
18. “First Foul”, “Total Fouls”. When settling bets, only personal fouls committed by players on the court are taken into account. Technical fouls committed by a coach, team officials, or bench players are not counted.
19. “First Rebound”. Predict which team will be the first to have a rebound.
20. Bets on “Turnovers” markets are only settled based on the individual statistics of players rather than on team statistics.
21. Bets on “Rebounds” SPORT markets are only settled based on the individual statistics of players rather than on team statistics.
22. Bets on “Rebounds” LIVE markets are settled based on the individual statistics of players and the team statistics. For NBA, WNBA matches only personal rebounds are considered.
23. Bets on the “Race To … Points” markets in the “Sports” section will be settled at odds of 1 should neither team score the specified number of points. For example, the “Race To 20 Points W1” bet will be refunded (settled at odds of 1) if the score is 19-19.
24. The “Score By Quarters 2-0” bet will win if Team 1 has won two quarters out of four and the remaining two quarters have ended in a draw. The “Score By Quarters 1-1” bet will win if one team has won one quarter, the other team has won another quarter, and the remaining two quarters have ended in a draw.
25. “Handicap By Quarters”. For example, “2 Handicap By Quarters -2.5”. The final score is 81:102 (17:22, 26:25, 18:20, 20:35), the score by quarters is therefore 1:3 (0:1, 1:0, 0:1, 0:1 respectively). The bet loses as when the handicap to Team 2 is applied, the score by quarters is 1:0.5.
26. The “Total Drawn Quarters”, “Handicap By Quarters”, “Score By Quarters” and “Win By Quarters” markets are only settled on the result at the end of regular time.
27. The “1 Winning Margin In Points Interval From -1 to 9” bet wins if the difference in the number of points scored by Team 1 and Team 2 falls within the interval of -1 to 9 points. For example, the score is (85:90) so the winning margin of Team 1 is -5 and thus the bet loses.
28. Bets on the “2-Point Field Goal Percentage”, “3-Point Field Goal Percentage” and “Free Throw Percentage” markets are settled based on the statistics from the official website whereby the percentage values are rounded to the nearest whole number.
29. Bets on the “Total Play Time” market should be specified in minutes. If the total has been named exactly, bets will be settled at odds of 1. For example, in respect to the bet “Total Kyrie Irving Over 39.5”, if the player’s total play time amounts to 39 minutes 30 seconds, the bet will be settled at odds of 1.
30. Netball is a type of women’s basketball (with four quarters of 15 minutes each). Bets are made and settled on regular time and regular time including overtime (labeled “Including Overtime”).
31. Basketball. Results. Team To Be Higher At The End Of The Tournament (NBA). The teams will be ranked based on the following successive criteria: elimination stage; place taken in the conference; percentage of matches won in the regular season; points margin in the regular season; points scored in the regular season.
32. Basketball. Results. Team To Be Higher At The End Of The Tournament (Euroleague). The teams will be ranked based on the following successive criteria: elimination stage; place taken at the Top-16 stage; number of matches won at the Top-16 stage; points margin at the Top-16 stage; points scored at the Top-16 stage.
33. “SuperTotal () Over/Under”. The Customer should predict whether the teams will score more or fewer points than the quoted total. For example, “1SuperTotal: (166-167 Refund) 167.5 Over”. The bet will win if the teams score more than 167.5 points in total. If the teams score 166 or 167 points in total, stakes will be refunded.
34. “SuperHandicap 1/2 ()”. The Customer should predict whether the team will win taking into account the quoted handicap. For example, “1SuperHandicap 2: (-4; -3 Refund) -4.5”. The bet will win if the score difference amounts to 5 points or more in favor of Team 2. If there is a draw after the handicap values (-4) or (-3) have been applied, stakes will be refunded.
35. Bets on the average player statistics during the regular NBA season (points, rebounds, assists, block shots). For bet settlement purposes players must have taken part in 58 games, in accordance with the NBA rules.
36. Double-double (triple-double) in the match. For this bet it is necessary to predict whether or not the player will have a double-digit performance in two (double-double), three (triple-double) categories in the match. Statistical categories: points, rebounds, assists, block shots. If the sportsman had a triple-double, then the double-double bet on this player will be settled as a win.
37. Score in the interval. For this market it is suggested to guess whether the quarter score will be in the selected interval. In the left part, the range for the first team score is pointed out, in the right part – the range for the second team score. Example. “Score in the interval 3rd quarter. 22-33: 8-19 – Yes.” The bet wins if the 3rd quarter ends with the score of 24-15.
38. Alternative matches. In this type of event, the teams’ results in the specified matches are compared (regular time only). If one team forfeits any of the matches, bets on the alternative matches will be settled at odds of 1.00 (refunded).

10.5 Baseball, Softball

1. Bets on baseball matches are accepted with extra innings included.
   The names of the starting pitchers will be taken into consideration at the time of bet acceptance should the names be specified in relation to the event. Both listed pitchers must start and each pitch at least once for bets to stand. Should any of the listed pitchers fail to start for any reason, all bets on this game will be deemed void. If the starting pitchers are not listed, bets will be accepted regardless of who those starting pitchers are.
2. Bets stand if the planned number of innings is reduced in accordance with tournament regulations or a match is cut short due to one of the teams having an unassailable lead.
3. Bets stand if the planned number of innings is reduced in accordance with tournament regulations or a match is cut short due to one of the teams having an unassailable lead.
4. The team which bats at the bottom of an inning shall be treated as the home team notwithstanding the venue of the game.
5. All bets are settled on the official match results including all extra innings (except bets made on the parts of the match).
6. All bets stand if at least five full innings or 4.5 innings have been played. If fewer than 4.5 innings have been played, the bookmaker will settle bets on the “Team To Win” and “To Qualify For The Next Stage” markets and other markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was stopped. Other bets on this match will be settled at odds of 1.
7. Pre-match Markets. If a baseball match does not start at the specified time and the official website confirms that the match has been postponed, all bets on this match will be settled at odds of 1.
8. In-Play Markets. If a match is stopped (interrupted) and proceeds within 72 hours, all bets will stand until the conclusion of the match. If the match is not concluded within 72 hours, all bets will be deemed void, except for those markets which had already been determined.
9. If the score is tied in baseball matches (in the NPB or in the preseasons of the MLB and KBO), W1 and W2 bets will be settled at odds of 1 (stakes will be refunded).
10. “Players, Match-Ups”. The Customer must predict which player of two will perform better. Should the players tie, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
11. In MLB preseason games, when the teams are tied at the end of the 9th inning, an extra 10th inning is played. However, if neither team wins in the 10th inning, the game ends in a draw. In this event W1 and W2 bets are settled at odds of 1 (stakes are refunded).
12. Should at least one game be canceled, postponed, interrupted and abandoned on the day of the match (fewer than five full innings have been played), bets on the event “Home-Away” will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been determined.
13. Softball is a team ball game and a variant of baseball played with a larger ball on a smaller field. Teams play seven innings in an official match. If the score is tied, extra innings are awarded.

10.6 Biathlon

1. “To Be Higher”. Predict which of the two named biathletes (or teams in the relay) will finish higher in the final ranking. Should both contenders fall out of the race or should one contender fail to start, bets will be settled at odds of 1. Should any contender fail to cross the finish line, all bets on them will be deemed lost.
2. “Misses”. Comparing the total number of missed targets by participants. Predict which of the named biathletes will miss the most targets. If the number of misses equates to the handicap value, the winning odds will amount to 1. If the contender falls out of a race without having shot in all shooting rounds, the winning odds will amount to 1.
3. “Misses in Relays”. The number of misses in a relay is calculated by adding up the number of penalty loops and the used extra cartridges for all members of the team.
4. “Top Athlete Of Which Country To Be Higher”. Predict which top biathlete from the two countries listed will finish higher in the final ranking of a race.
5. “Winner of The Race”. The contender who heads the final ranking will be considered the winner of the race. If two or more contenders are declared winners, the “Simultaneous Finish” rule will be applied.
6. “Leader After 1st (2nd etc) Round”. The winner of the round is determined on final ranking. If there are two or more winners in one round, the “Simultaneous Finish” rule will be applied.
7. “Biathlon. Winner. Men. Pursuit. 12.5 km. Hochfilzen. Top 1-10 (08.12.2013 | 16:30) – “Will Daniel Mesotitsch Win – Yes”. The bet will win if Daniel Mesotitsch ranks among the top 10 biathletes in the race.
8. “Extra Cartridges. Sweden (13.12.2013 | 17:25) Total Under 7.5”. The bet will win if the Swedish biathletes use 7 or fewer extra cartridges.
9. “Sportsman’s Winning Margin Over Second Place 0-20 Sec. – Yes”. The bet will win if the winner beats the runner-up by 20 or fewer seconds.
10. “Misses. More Standing Than Prone – Yes/No”. If the number of missed targets in the prone position equates to that in the standing position (or if there are no misses), then the bet “Misses. More Standing Than Prone – No” will win and the bet “Misses. More Standing Than Prone – Yes” will lose.
11. “Shooting Time”. Predict what the shooting time will be (in seconds).
12. “Time At Shooting Range”. Predict how much time the biathlete will spend at the shooting range (in seconds). Time at the range includes entering and exiting the shooting area, as well as shooting itself.
13. “IBU Cup markets“. Overall standings will be determined based on the results across the season.

10.7 Boxing, Martial Arts

1. The start of a bout is signified by the sounding of a bell before the first round.
2. If a bout is declared a no contest or if a bout is stopped for any reason before a winner has been determined, all bets will be deemed void. If the result of a bout has already been determined, bets will be settled based on the declared results.
3. Should the number of rounds be changed, bets on the outcome of the bout will stand, but bets on the number of rounds will be settled at odds of 1.
4. “Total Rounds”. The Customer should predict the number of rounds in the bout. Only completed rounds will be taken into account for bet settlement purposes.
5. Points Decision Handicap (Fight To Go The Distance). The handicap is calculated according to the final score of the fight, as recorded in official sources. In the event that a fight does not go the distance, bets on this market are settled at odds of 1.00.
6. If an athlete does not enter the ring after the sounding of the bell at the start of a round, the bout is deemed to have ended in the previous round.
7. “1 (2) Will Win”. In the “Sports” section, bets on this market are labeled “1” and “2” respectively and include the following:
   • “Points Victory”;
   • “Win By Knockout”;
   • “Win By Technical Knockout”;
   • “Win By Technical Decision”;
   • “Win By Disqualification or Refusal”.
8. “Draw”. Bets on this market are labeled “X”. A bout ends in a draw when the judges rule that the athletes have scored equally at the end of the last round.
9. “Points Victory”. This means that the winner will be declared by the decision of the judges at the end of the last round.
10. “Win Inside The Distance”. This includes a win through knockout, technical knockout, disqualification of the opponent, or the opponent withdrawing during the bout.
11. “Win (2way)”. Should a match ends in a draw, W1 and W2 bets will be settled at odds of 1.
12. “W2 In Round 3 – Yes”. This bet will win if the second athlete wins inside the distance by knockout or by a technical decision in the third round.
13. “Bout Will End In Round 10-12”. This bet will win if an athlete wins inside the distance by knockout or by a technical decision within the period from the tenth to the twelfth round.Win By TD. The fight is stopped because of injury or for any other reason, and the result is subsequently decided by the judges’ scorecards before the scheduled number of rounds is completed.
14. “Win By TD”. It is fight stoppage because of injury or another reason with consequent scoring by judges’ notes and assessment of the result for not complete number of rounds.
15. “Prospective Fights”. This market implies a fight for a championship belt which is expected to take place prior to the end of the current year. Only one bout from the list of prospective fights that actually takes place will count for betting purposes. Bets on the bouts which have not taken place will be settled at odds of 1. Bets will be settled based on the date of the match according to the results from the official source.

10.8 UFC

1. The start of a bout is signified by the sounding of a bell before the first round.
2. If a bout is declared a no contest or if a bout is stopped for any reason before a winner has been determined, all bets will be deemed void. If the result of a bout has already been determined, bets will be settled based on the declared results.
3. Should the number of rounds be changed, bets on the outcome of the bout will stand, but bets on the number of rounds will be settled at odds of 1.
4. “Total Rounds”. Customers need to predict the number of rounds in a bout. For bet settlement purposes, only rounds in which more than half the allocated time has elapsed count.
   2 minutes 30 seconds is deemed to be half of a 5-minute round. Therefore, a total of 2.5 rounds refers to 2 minutes 30 seconds of the 3rd round. If a bout ends exactly 2 minutes 30 seconds into a round, “Over/Under” bets on the total number of rounds will be void. If the first round ends in the first two minutes, “Total Rounds Under 0.5” bets win.
5. If an athlete does not enter the ring after the sounding of the bell at the start of a round, the bout is deemed to have ended in the previous round.
6. “1 (2) Will Win”. In the “Sports” section, bets on this market are labeled “1” and “2” respectively and include the following:
   • “Points Victory”;
   • “Win By Knockout”;
   • “Win By Technical Knockout”;
   • “Win By Technical Decision”;
   • “Win By Disqualification or Refusal”.
7. “Draw”. Bets on this market are labeled “X”. A bout ends in a draw when the judges rule that the athletes have scored equally at the end of the last round.
8. “Points Victory”. This means that the winner will be declared by the decision of the judges at the end of the last round.
9. “Win Inside The Distance”. This includes a win through knockout, technical knockout, painful locks/chokehold/submission, disqualification of the opponent, or the opponent withdrawing during the bout.
10. “Win (2way)”. Should a match ends in a draw, W1 and W2 bets will be settled at odds of 1.
11. «() Will Win in Round ()». This bet will win if the selected athlete wins inside the distance by knockout or by a technical decision in the selected round.

10.9 Bicycle Racing

1. The start of the first qualifying round will be regarded as the start of the tournament.
2. “Match-Up” markets (sportsmen or teams). Both opponents must cross the official starting line for bets to stand.
   • Should any contender drop out of a competition for any reason, their opponent will be declared the winner.
   • Should one or both riders fail to cross the official starting line, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
   • Should both riders retire from a race, the rider who has completed the most laps will be deemed the winner.
   • Should both riders drop out on the same lap, the winning odds will amount to 1.
3. “To Be Higher”. The Customer should predict which of the two riders (or teams) will finish higher in the final ranking.
4. If several riders have an equal time in the final ranking, the one who takes the higher position will be declared the winner.

10.10 Water Polo

1. All bets are settled on the final result at the end of regular time (32 minutes consisting of four quarters of 8 minutes each).
   The bookmaker bears no responsibility for any inaccurate declaration of the duration of a game. Details shown in the “Sports” and “Live” sections are indicative only. The Customer should check the water polo rules against official sources.
2. Extra periods and penalty shootouts will only count for the “Qualify”, “Win” and similar markets.
3. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted.
4. At least 30 minutes of play must elapse for bets to stand. In this event, all bets will be settled based on the results declared at the time the match was interrupted.

10.11 Volleyball

1. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets on this match will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted.
2. If a set is not played to the end, those outcomes which had already been unconditionally determined at the time of interruption will count for betting purposes. All other bets will be settled at odds of 1. If a set is played to the end, but the match is not concluded, bets on this set will stand.
3. Bets on European Volleyball Championship and CEV Challenge Cup will be settled including golden set should there be such an option (the golden set (up to 15 points) is awarded if the teams have equal scores at any stage of the European championships).
4. Volleyball handicap and total markets are specified in points, except for Sets Handicap and Total Sets.
5. “Score by Sets”. In the “Sports” section the relevant columns are titled 3:0, 3:1, etc.
6. “Higher At The End Of The Tournament”. If the teams do not qualify for the next stage, bets will be settled based on their places within the group. If the teams finish in the same place within the group, bets will be settled based on their scores.
7. “How Long The Match Will Last”. The Customer should predict whether the match will last more or less time than the quoted length in minutes. The total duration is calculated by adding up the lengths of all sets within the match according to the official match record.
8. “Race To 3 (5 etc.) Points”. The Customer should predict which team will be the first to score the specified number of points in a set. Should any participant refuse to continue for any reason before they or their opponent scores the quoted number of points, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
9. “Leader After Total Points Scored”. The Customer should predict the situation between the teams after the specified number of points has been scored.
   Example. Bet “Team 1 To Win After 10 Points”.
   Let’s consider several options:
   The score of the match is (6:4), 10 points have been scored, Team 1 leads, the bet wins.
   The score of the match is (3:7), 10 points have been scored, Team 2 leads, the bet loses.
   The score of the match is (5:5), 10 points have been scored, there is a tie, the bet loses.
10. “Extra Points”. The Customer should predict whether there will be extra points in the set. The bet “Extra Points In Set – Yes” will win if either team wins the set after the score is 24:24.
11. “Tie-Break – Yes/No”. The Customer should predict whether there will be a fifth set. The bet “Tie-Break – Yes” will win if there is a fifth set.
12. “Highest Scoring Period Total (excluding the fifth set)”. For example, the bet “Highest Scoring Period Total Under 47.5” will lose if the score is (25:23, 26:24, 23:25, 23:25, 18:16).
13. “Lowest Scoring Period Total (including the fifth set)”. For example, the bet “Lowest Scoring Period Total Under 40.5” will win if the score is (25:23, 26:24, 23:25, 23:25, 18:16).

10.12 Handball

1. Bets are settled on the result at the end of regular time (60 minutes of play consisting of two periods of 30 minutes each).
2. Overtimes and penalty shootouts will only count for the following markets: “To Qualify For The Next Round”, “To Qualify For Another League”, “Win” and similar.
3. In-Play Betting. If a match is not concluded, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted.
4. Bets on the “Top Goalscorer” market are settled including overtimes, but excluding penalty shootouts.
5. Under the rules of the China Championship, the match ends if the score difference amounts to 15 points and at least 30 minutes of play have elapsed (the Mercy rule applies).
6. In bets on yellow cards, the Customer should predict the number of yellow cards given to the players.
7. In bets on seven-meter penalty shots, the Customer should predict the number of awarded penalty shots (goals).
8. “2-Minute Suspension” bets. Only two-minute suspensions are counted. Penalty minutes awarded before the start of a period or after the conclusion of a half (match) which are included in the final match record are counted when the bet is settled. The bookmaker offers the following bets: “First 2-Minute Suspension”/”Last 2-Minute Suspension” and “Total 2-Minute Suspensions”/”Total 2-Minute Suspensions (by team)”.
9. “Alternative matches“. This includes bets on the match-ups of teams whose matches are being broadcast live. If a match is forfeited, bets on alternative matches will be settled at odds of 1 (stakes will be refunded).
10. “Handball. Statistics”. Bets are settled including overtimes, but excluding penalty shootouts.

10.13 Golf

1. Major golf tournaments may last for three or four days and the total number of holes is usually 72.
2. The player must tee off in order to be considered an active participant. If the golfer refuses to continue, all bets on them will be deemed lost.
3. “To Win The Tournament“. The golfer who takes first place in the tournament will be considered the winner. The winner is determined after a play-off, should such a stage be stipulated by the rules of the tournament.
4. If two (or more) leading contenders are tied at the end of regular time – 72 holes, sudden death rules are usually applied in the play-off. In this event, the winner of the play-off will be declared the winner of the tournament and the winner for betting purposes. Other golfers will be treated as runners-up.
5. “Match-Ups“. The player with the highest placing at the end of the tournament, including any play-off, will be the winner. If one player has missed the cut, the other player is considered the winner. If both players miss the cut, bets are settled based on the lowest score after the cut has been made. If a player is disqualified before the conclusion of two rounds, or after both golfers have made the cut, the remaining player is deemed the winner. If a player is disqualified in the third or fourth round after their opponent has missed the cut, such disqualified player will be deemed the winner. If no odds on a tie have been offered, bets on players who share the same place will be settled at odds of 1.
6. “Handicap Win“. A player starts with a handicap, which must be applied to their final score. Bets on players who have missed the cut, withdrawn or have been disqualified are deemed to have lost. If both players miss the cut, the handicap applies to their scores at the time the cut was made. Bets on the game will be canceled should both contenders withdraw or be disqualified, or should any player fail to tee off. If not all rounds are played, bets on the handicap market will be settled at odds of 1 unless the outcome of the match has already been determined.
7. “Group Betting“/”Top UK players”, etc. The player with the highest placing at the end of the tournament shall be deemed the winner. Any player who has missed the cut will be deemed to have lost. If all players miss the cut, the lowest score after the cut has been made will determine settlement. Players are grouped together for betting purposes only. If the player does not tee off, bets on this player will be canceled; Rule 4 is applied to bets on the other players. Dead heat rules apply at the bet settlement except when the winner is determined by a play-off.
8. “Handicap Group Betting“. Players within a group will be allocated handicaps. The winner of the group will be determined based on the final score once handicaps have been applied. Golfers who have missed the cut will be deemed to have lost. However, if an insufficient number of players make the cut for the place markets, the remaining places will be allocated among those players who have missed the cut based on their final scores once handicaps have been applied.
9. In certain tournaments officials may suggest that contenders should play extra holes. In such events, the player with the lowest score after they have played the specified number of holes will be declared the winner and other contenders will be treated as runners-up.
10. “18 Hole Betting“. The player with the lowest score over 18 holes is deemed the winner. In the event of a 2 or 3 ball being rearranged or displayed differently by us, accepted bets will stand on the groupings displayed when the bet was placed. Should any player fail to tee off, then bets on that 2 or 3 ball will be void. In 2 ball betting, if both golfers achieve equal scores and no price for a tie has been offered, all bets will be settled at odds of 1. In 3 ball betting, if all players have equal scores, bets will be settled at odds of 1. In 3 ball betting, if two players achieve equal scores, dead heat rules will apply. When special bets are offered grouping more than three players over one round, dead heat rules will apply. Bets on non-starters will be canceled.
11. “To Make/Miss the Cut“. If a golfer withdraws or is disqualified before the cut is made, bets on them will lose. If a player withdraws or is disqualified after the cut is made, bets on them will win. If the player does not participate in the tournament, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
12. “To Be Higher”. The Customer should predict which player of the two listed will perform better. The player who has completed 18 holes with the lowest score will be deemed the winner. In 2 ball betting, if both players have equal scores and no price for a tie has been offered, all bets will be settled at odds of 1. In 3 ball betting, if all players have equal scores, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
13. If a player withdraws after teeing off without having played all 18 holes, they will lose regardless of the score. A game starts with the first shot towards a hole. If a player withdraws before teeing off, bets on all other players within this group will be settled at odds of 1.
14. If a tournament has been affected by adverse weather conditions, bets will be settled on the current results, however at least 36 holes must be played. This does not apply when the tournament takes place across several courses.
15. Bets on the Ryder Cup and the Presidents Cup. Points will be scored as follows: win – 1 point; draw – 0.5 points.

10.14 Darts

1. “Match Betting”. If a match starts but is not completed, the player progressing to the next round will be deemed the winner. However, bets on a specific set, leg and handicap as well as special bets will be void unless the specific outcome of a particular bet has already been determined.
2. Handicaps and totals in a darts match are specified in sets, unless otherwise stated in the “Sports” section. 180 is the highest possible score from three darts thrown per visit to the board.
3. “Last Checkout Total 40 Or Less/(41 Or More)”. A checkout is the number of points a player needs to score in order to finish the game. This term applies to a game of darts when players start with a fixed score (301 or 501) and the goal is to play down to zero. In theory, when the player’s score is 170, they can end the game should they score 170 points on their turn.
4. “To Be Higher At The End Of The Tournament”. The winner is determined subject to the following successive criteria: elimination stage, number of sets won, number of legs won, number of 180s, highest checkout.

10.15 Curling

1. Bets on curling matches are accepted including extra ends unless otherwise stated. A game consists of 10 ends. If the teams are tied after 10 ends, an extra end is played. The winner of the extra end is declared the winner of the match.
2. When no stone reaches the house or when two stones of the opposing teams being the closest to the center of the house rest at the same distance from the center of the house, the score of the end will be 0:0.
3. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets on the match will be settled at odds of 1 except for those markets which had already been determined at the time the match was interrupted.
4. All bets stand providing there have been at least five full ends played. In this event all bets will be settled on the result at the time the match was stopped.
5. The team loses regardless of the score should they fail to take all their shots in time (teams alternate to deliver eight stones during one end).
6. All bets are settled on the official results, including extra ends (except bets made on the parts of the match).

10.16 Cricket

1. Bets are settled based on the official result declared by the governing body of the match or tournament in question.
2. If a match is interrupted and is not completed, bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1.
3. There are several types of cricket tournament:
   • A Twenty20 International is a form of cricket where the game lasts three and a half hours on average;
   • A One Day International (ODI) is a form of cricket where the game lasts over eight hours;
   • A Test Match is a form of cricket that can last up to five days with a minimum 90 overs per day where each side gets the opportunity to bat twice.
4. If the official result of the match is a draw and no prices have been offered for this outcome, any tiebreaker will count, for example, bowl-out, super over, etc. (Bowl-outs and super overs do not count for the settlement of other bets).
5. In matches with a limited number of overs, bets on the statistics for a team or the whole match will be canceled if less than 80% of a team’s overs or the total overs are played due to external factors, including adverse weather conditions, except in cases where the result had been determined by the time the innings ended.
6. “Team’s Top Batsman”.
   A team’s top batsman is determined by the player who scores the most runs. Runs scored in a super over do not count. If two or more players score the same number of runs, the “Dead Heat” rule is applied.
   If a batsman withdraws due to injury, but then returns to the pitch, the total number of runs scored by that batsman in the inning is taken into account. If the batsman does not return to the pitch, their total is the number of runs they scored before withdrawing from play.
   If a certain batsman does not appear in the team’s starting XI, bets on them will be voided. Bets on batsmen who do not bat or do not enter play will be deemed to have lost.
   In matches with a limited number of overs, bets will be voided if less than 50% of a team’s overs are played due to external factors, including adverse weather conditions, except in cases where the result had been determined by the time the inning ended.
   Bets on top batsmen in test matches are accepted before each team’s first inning and will be voided if fewer than 50 overs are played, except in cases where the result of these bets has already been determined.
7. Team’s Best Bowler A team’s best bowler is the player with the most individual wickets in an individual innings. Bets on players who do not bowl or do not enter play will be deemed to have lost. In the event that two or more players finish a match with the same number of wickets, the player with the fewest runs scored against them will be deemed the best bowler. If two or more players are equal on both wickets and runs, the Dead Heat rule applies. If no bowlers take a wicket, all bets will be settled at odds of 1.00. Bets placed on any player who does not appear in the starting 11 or who appears as a substitute will be voided. Wickets taken in a super over do not count. If a player appears in the starting 11 and is subsequently substituted off, both this player and the player who replaces them will count. Best Bowler bets in Test matches only apply to the first innings of each team and will be voided if fewer than 60 overs are played, except in cases where the bets had already been settled. Bets on matches with a limited number of overs will be canceled if less than 80% of the team’s scheduled overs are played due to external factors, including inclement weather, except in cases where the result had already been established before the innings was interrupted.
8. Bets on a player who is not listed in the starting 11 will be deemed void. Bets on players who have been selected for the starting line-up, but do not bat, will be settled at odds of 1.
9. “Runs At Fall Of Wicket”. Bets win if the following criteria are predicted correctly: wicket taken and total runs. If the wicket is not taken and the total is higher than the designated minimum total, the bet is settled as a loss. If the wicket is not taken and the total runs exceeds the designated maximum total, the bet is settled at odds of 1.00.
10. Race to 10 runs. Bets stand, unless the listed players do not bat first – in which case, all bets will be void. Bets stand regardless of which of the listed players bats the first ball. If neither player scores 10 runs, bets on a “Neither” outcome win. In matches affected by the weather, if neither batsman scores 10 runs and neither of them is dismissed, bets will be void. If neither batsman scores 10 runs and both are dismissed, bets on a “Neither” outcome win.
11. “() Individual Total Runs First () Overs Over/Under ()”.
    If the selected number of overs is not played due to external factors or adverse weather conditions, bets will be voided, except in cases where the result had already been determined.
    If the selected number of overs is not played in an inning (e.g. because a whole team is bowled out or reaches the required number of runs before the selected number of overs have been played), bets remain valid.
    Extra runs are included when settling bets, regardless of the reason for which they were awarded.
    In a test match, the full number of overs specified must be played in full for bets to stand, with the exception of cases where a whole team is bowled out or reaches the required number of runs in fewer overs than specified.
12. Team’s Individual Total Runs. Bets on this market are settled based on the final score of the team in bat. In the event of a draw, or if any additional overs are played (super over or golden ball), bets on the outcome of the match in question are settled based on the number of runs scored during regular time. Bets on matches with a limited number of overs are canceled if less than 80% of the team’s scheduled overs are played due to external factors, including inclement weather, except in cases where the result had already been established before the inning was interrupted. Bets on test matches are canceled in the event of a draw, provided that fewer than 60 overs were played, except in cases where the results had already been established.
13. Highest Individual Score (Player’s Runs); Player’s Total Runs; Player’s Number Of Runs. In test matches, such bets are settled according to the highest number of runs scored in an innings. Runs from two innings are not added together unless otherwise stated.
14. Over, delivery, total runs team 1/2. For bet settlement purposes, deliveries which are re-bowled – and any additional runs awarded for them – count. For example, if the over starts with: Wide – No Ball – Four, then “Four” is considered to be the third delivery in the over.
15. Certain markets may only be settled after all the statistics have been published by the official source, which may take 10-12 hours.
16. Best Batsman In The Match:
    The best batsman in a match is the player who scores the most runs. Runs scored in super overs are not counted. If two or more players score the same number of runs, Dead Heat rules apply.
    If a batsman withdraws due to injury, but then returns to the field, the total number of runs scored by this batsman in the innings is taken into account. If the batsman does not return to the field, their total runs will be the number of runs they scored before withdrawing from play.
    If a batsman does not appear in the starting 11, bets on them will be voided. Bets on batsmen who appear in the team but do not bat will be settled as a loss.
    In matches with a limited number of overs, bets will be voided if less than 50% of the specified number of overs is played by either team due to external factors, such as inclement weather, except in cases where the bets had already been settled.
    Best Batsman bets on Test matches only apply to the first innings of each team and will be voided if either team plays fewer than 50 overs, except in cases where the bets had already been settled.
17. Best Batsman’s Team
    The team with the best batsman is determined based on the number of runs scored by various players. Runs scored in super overs are not counted. If two batsmen from different teams score the same number of runs and no “Draw” outcome is offered, Dead Heat rules apply.
    If a batsman withdraws due to injury, but then returns to the field, the total number of runs scored by this batsman in the innings is taken into account. If the batsman does not return to the field, their total runs will be the number of runs they scored before withdrawing from play.
    If a batsman does not appear in the starting 11, bets on them will be voided. Bets on batsmen who appear in the team but do not bat will be settled as a loss.
    In matches with a limited number of overs, all bets will be voided if the match is interrupted due to external factors, except in cases where the bets had already been settled by the end of the innings, or where all of the batsmen are out.
    Bets on the Best Batsman’s Team in Test matches only apply to the first innings of each team, unless otherwise specified. If either team plays fewer than the specified number of overs in their innings (unless they declare or the innings comes to its natural conclusion), all bets will be voided, except those that had already been settled. Bets stand, however, if they had already been settled by the time of the interruption.
18. These markets use a points based scoring system to determine their outcome. The point schedule is as follows: 1 point per run, 20 points per wicket, 10 points per catch, 25 points per stumping.
    • Stakes refunded on non-selected players.
    • In One Day matches both teams must face at least 40 overs each, otherwise bets void, unless settlement of bets is already determined.
    • In Test and First Class matches, the whole match counts. In drawn games a minimum of 200 overs must be bowled, otherwise bets void, unless settlement of bets is already determined. In Twenty20 matches the match must be scheduled for the full 20 overs and there must be an official result unless settlement of bets is already determined.

GOLD LEAGUE is a regional league played according to the rules of indoor cricket. Teams must play all scheduled overs, or until 5 wickets fall.

1. Scoring rules:
   • if the bail is knocked off the wicket as the result of a bowler’s direct hit, the batsman will be dismissed
   • if the batsman does not hit the ball after it is bowled and the wicket-keeper catches (does not catch) the ball, the batsman gets 0 points
   • if the batsman hits the ball and the fielders or the wicket-keeper catch it without it touching the floor, the batsman will be dismissed
   • if the batsman hits the ball and the ball touches the floor, in the event that the batsman or non-striker have not reached their respective crease (territory), the batsman will be dismissed if the fielding team knocks the bails off the wicket with the ball
   • when the batsman hits the ball into certain zones, they are awarded points as follows:
     • A – 0 points
     • B,C (up to the middle of the field) – 1 point
     • B,C (past the middle of the field up to zone D) – 2 points
     • D (without touching the floor) – 6 points, or if the ball touches the floor – 4 points.
2. If the ball first lands in zone B,C past the middle of the field (2 points), and then goes on to land in zone D (a further 1 point), the team gets 3 points in total. If the ball lands in zone B,C up to the middle of the field (1 point), and then goes on to land in zone B,C past the middle of the field, 2 points are awarded in total.
3. For a dead ball (when the ball is thrown up to and including the center line), 0 points are awarded and the ball is bowled again. If the next ball is also a dead ball, the batsman is awarded 5 points.
4. For physical interference against the batsman, the batsman is awarded 5 points.
5. For a good ball (when the ball is thrown through the batting area without touching the batsman), 0 points are awarded.
6. For a wide ball (when the ball is bowled outside the batting area or crosses the batting crease), the batsman is awarded 2 points.
7. For a leg bye (when the ball hits the batsman’s body), 0 points are awarded and the game continues. If the batsman and non-striker have changed places, 1 point is awarded.
8. For a no ball (when the bowler steps behind the bowling crease; the ball is thrown above the wicket directly, without touching the ground; the ball is thrown and rebounds from the floor to above shoulder-level; the ball is thrown off the pitch), the batsman is awarded 2 points.
9. Team () to Save Follow On. You need to determine if follow-on could be enforced for the team batting second, regardless of whether it is enforced or not. Both teams must complete their first innings (including declarations) for bets to be considered valid, otherwise bets will be settled at odds of 1.

CYBER INDIAN LEAGUE 22, CRICKET22 CYBER LEAGUE

1. Each match consists of a single innings, with a maximum of 20 overs for each team. Each over consists of six deliveries.
2. A coin is tossed at the start of the match. The team that wins the toss decides if they want to bowl or bat first.
3. The team that bats first scores runs until they have played the full 20 overs, or until the bowling team has taken 10 wickets. When the other team comes to bat, they play until they have scored more runs than the opposing team did in the first half of the inning, until they have played the full 20 overs of six deliveries each, or until the bowling team takes 10 wickets.
4. The team that scores the highest number of runs wins. If both teams score the same number of runs, a super over is played. In this case, the team that scores the most runs in the super over wins.
5. Bet settlement
   • “Match Winner” bets are settled taking into account the result of the super over.
   • “Over, Individual Total Runs” bets are settled based on the number of runs scored by the teams, including extras. In the event that the over in question is not played, bets on it will be refunded.
   • “Will A Wicket Fall In Over” and “Extra In Over” bets are settled based on the result of the over in question. If the over in question is not played, bets on it will be refunded.
   • “Total”, “Individual Total”, and “Individual Total Runs” bets are settled based on the number of runs scored by the teams, including extras, but not including super overs.
   • “Who Will Lose More Wickets”, “Total Wickets”, and “Team Total Wickets Lost” bets are settled based on the number of wickets taken, not including super overs.
   • “Super Over” and “Winner In Super Over” bets are settled as a loss in the event that no super over is played.
   • Will An Extra Run Be Awarded In Over – an extra run is awarded to the batting team in the event of an illegal delivery (e.g., a no-ball or wide) from the bowling team.
     After an extra (i.e. via a no ball or a wide) has been awarded, the bowling team has to deliver another throw before the end of the over. An extra is not awarded for an lb.

10.17 Beach Handball

1. All bets will be settled based on the result at the end of regular time (20 minutes of play consisting of two periods of 10 minutes each).
2. Penalty shootouts will only count for bets on the “Win In The Match”, “To Qualify For The Next Round”, “Win In The Tournament” and similar markets.
3. If a match is interrupted and postponed, all bets will stand until either the match has been played, any of the participants withdraw or the tournament within which the match features is completed.
4. A match will be declared completed for betting purposes if at least 18 minutes of play have elapsed. In this event, all bets will be settled on the result at the time when the match was stopped.
5. If at the end of a period the score is even, the Golden Goal is used to determine the winner, i. e. the team which scores the first goal will be declared the winner. Should both periods be won by the same team, this team will be declared the winner with the score 2:0.
6. If both teams win a period, there will be a draw. A game is then decided by a “shoot-out”, where a field player goes up against the opposition goalkeeper.

10.18 Beach Football

1. All bets will be settled on the result at the end of regular time (36 minutes of play consisting of three periods of 12 minutes each). 
   The bookmaker bears no responsibility for any inaccurate declaration of the duration of a match. Details shown in the “Live” or “Sports” sections are indicative only. The Customer should check the rules against official sources.
2. An extra period and penalty shootouts will only count for bets on the “Win”, “To Qualify For The Next Round”, “Win In The Tournament” and similar markets.
3. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been determined at the time the match was stopped.
4. A match must be played for at least 30 minutes for bets to stand. In this event, all bets will be settled on the result at the time the match was stopped.

10.19 Rugby

1. All bets are settled based on the match result at the end of regular time. For bets to stand, at least 90% of the match must have been played, unless the bets had already been settled by the time the match was interrupted.
   The bookmaker bears no responsibility for any inaccurate declaration of the duration of a match. Details shown in the “Live” or “Sports” sections are indicative only. The Customer should check the rules against official sources.
2. Overtimes and penalty shootouts will only count for bets on the “To Qualify For The Next Round” and “Win In The Tournament” markets.

10.20 Horse Racing

1. If a race is postponed to another day and it is stated in the official sources, all bets will stand. However, single bets will be deemed void and the respective leg will be excluded from an accumulator bet, if:
   • a race is terminated;
   • a race is officially declared void;
   • the conditions of a race are changed after bets have been made (subject to the rules);
   • the track is changed;
2. “Participant Will Be In Top 3”. Bets on this market will win if the horse finishes among the first three place-getters.
3. “Win (Refund If Placed)”. For example, the bet “Win (Refund If Placed 2)” will win if the horse finishes first, but if the horse finishes second, the stake will be refunded (the bet will be settled at odds of 1).
4. “Win Without Leader”. The bet “No. 1 Brice Canyon To Win Without No. 3 Clonusker” will win if No. 3 Clonusker finishes first in the race and No. 1 Brice Canyon finishes second.
5. Ante-Post Betting. The updated list of runners is declared one or two days prior to the race depending on its class. Once day-of-race markets become available, ante-post markets are closed. Horses which have been withdrawn from the race and non-runners will be treated as losers in ante-post markets. If a race is postponed until the next day due to adverse weather conditions, ante-post bets will stand until the start of the race. If the race has been canceled, stakes on ante-post markets will be refunded. First, bets on the racing day will be settled and then ante-post bets on this competition will be settled.
6. SP (Starting Price) is the final starting odds on a horse. The starting price is calculated based on the average odds offered by racecourse bookmakers at the time of the off. If a horse is withdrawn before the start of a race, or is declared a non-runner (according to official records), and a new SP market has not been formed, bets on the withdrawn horse will be settled at odds of “1”.

10.21 Squash

1. If a match starts, but is not completed for any reason (for example if a player retires or is disqualified), the outcomes which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted (for example, the outcome of the first game, first game total, etc.) will count for settlement purposes. All other bets will be settled at odds of 1.
2. By the decision of the body which organizes the event, the number of games in a match may vary from three to five and the match continues until three games are won.
3. Each game continues up to 11 points. The player who is the first to score 11 points will be declared the winner unless the score is 10:10. In this event the game will continue until the score difference amounts to two points. The player who beats their opponent by a two point margin will be deemed the winner.

10.22 Snooker

1. Match Betting. If a match is interrupted, a player who has qualified for the next round shall be considered the winner as long as at least one frame has been completed.
2. Frame Betting, Handicap Betting, Specials. All frames required to determine the winner of a match must be completed for bets to be settled. Should the winner be determined before the completion of the match on any grounds, all bets on frames and handicaps and also special bets will be settled at odds of 1, except for those bets which have already been unconditionally determined.
3. Should any player forfeit in any frame, handicap and total bets in this frame will be settled at odds of 1.
4. “To Qualify”. The Customer should predict which player of the two listed will advance further in the tournament bracket. Should both players retire from the tournament, the one who has advanced furthest in the tournament bracket will be deemed the winner. Should both players retire in the same round, bets will be settled at odds of 1. Should a player withdraw from the tournament before it starts, the winning odds will amount to 1.
5. “Total Centuries”. The Customer should predict whether a player will score 100 or more points in one single visit to the table.
6. “First Potted Ball – Blue”. The bet will win if the blue ball is the first colored ball legally potted (the colors are yellow, green, brown, blue, pink, black).
7. “Shoot-Out”. “Higher At The End Of The Tournament”. Bets are settled based on the following successive criteria: elimination stage; number of frames won; total score.

10.23 Tennis

1. If a player withdraws (or has been disqualified) before the match starts, stakes will be refunded.
2. Should the start of a match be delayed or should a match be postponed for any reason, all bets will stand until the conclusion of the match or the conclusion of the tournament in which it is a part.
3. Bets will stand in the following cases:
   • a change in playing surface;
   • a change of venue;
   • a change from an indoor venue to an outdoor venue.
4. Should a match be interrupted due to the withdrawal or disqualification of a player in the first set, all bets will be settled at odds of 1, except for bets on games which have already been completed and bets on outcomes which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted.
5. Should a tennis match be interrupted due to the withdrawal or disqualification of a player, bets on the winner of the match will stand provided that the first set has been completed. Otherwise all such bets will be settled at odds of 1. Bets on other outcomes will be canceled (settled at odds of 1) except on outcomes which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted. 
   In the event of withdrawal or disqualification, the player in question forfeits.
   Example 1. The match Rodriguez vs. Herbert is interrupted with the score at 1:0 (6:2, 0:3) due to the withdrawal of Rodriguez. The following bets will be settled at odds of 1: Handicap 1 (-2.5) Games, Handicap 2 (+2.5) Games, Total Games (21.5), Sets Score 2:0, 2:1 and 1:2. All bets on the first set will be settled. The bet “W2” on the match will win. The bets “W1” on the match and “Sets Score 0:2” will lose.
   Example 2. The match Benneteau vs. Klein is interrupted with the score at 1:1 (6:4, 0:6, 0:1) due to the withdrawal of Benneteau. The bet “Total Games Over 21.5” will win, while the bet “Total Games Under 21.5” will lose as the minimum number of games possible to determine a winner is now 22: 1:2 (6:4, 0:6, 0:6). All bets on the first and second sets will be settled. The bet “W2” on the match will win, while the bets “W1” on the match and “Sets Score 0:2 and 2:0” will lose. The following bets will be settled at odds of 1: Games Handicap, Sets Score 2:1, 1:2.
6. In the event of a change in format (a change in the number of sets), bets on the following outcomes will stand and be settled on the result of the match:
   • the winner of the match;
   • victory in the first set;
   • games handicap in the first set;
   • first set total;
   • first to serve in the match;
   • to win the first game of the match.
     Bets on other outcomes will be settled at odds of 1.
7. Handicaps and totals in a tennis match are specified in games.
8. If a game is not completed for any reason (for example, when the match is interrupted and not completed, a player refuses to continue or is disqualified, etc.), bets on this game will be settled at odds of 1.
9. In the deciding set of a tennis match, handicaps and totals are settled based on the score, while for bets on match handicaps and totals the deciding set is considered as one game. 
   For example, Grönefeld/Peschke – Niculescu/Zakopalová. Total Under 21.5. The score is (6:3, 3:6, 4:10 points). The third set will be considered as one game. The total will be 6+3+3+6+1=19. The bet wins.
10. In respect to tennis matches labeled “champ. tie-break” or “super tie-break”, handicaps and totals in the match will be settled including the score in any super tie-break.
    For example, Grönefeld/Peschke vs. Niculescu/Zakopalová (champ. tie-break). Total Under 21.5. The score of the match is (6:3; 3:6; 4:10 points).
    The total here amounts to 6+3+3+6+4+10=32. The bet loses.
    In certain tournaments a super tie-break (champion’s tie-break) is played instead of a final deciding set. The player (pair) who first scores 10 points will be declared the winner of the match provided that they beat their opponent by at least a two point margin.
11. “Correct Score” (score based on sets). The respective bets in the “Sports” section are 2:0, 2:1, etc.
12. “To Qualify”. The Customer should predict which of two named players will advance further in the tournament bracket. Should both players retire from the tournament, the one who has progressed furthest in the tournament bracket will be deemed the winner. Should both players retire from the same round, the winning odds will amount to 1. If a player withdraws from the tournament before its start, the winning odds will amount to 1.
13. “Winner”. The player (team) who takes first place in the tournament will be deemed the winner. Should a player withdraw before the start of the tournament, bets on that player will be settled at odds of 1.
14. “Win In The Game”. The Customer should determine who will win the specified game. Games within each set are numbered consecutively. For example, should the 2nd set end with a score of 6:1, bets on the “8th Game 2nd Set” will be settled at odds of 1 as there has been no eighth game. 
15. A tie-break will be regarded as a single separate game.
16. “Points”. A point is a result of a serve (each serve ultimately leads to one of the players winning a point – through a rally or a double fault).
    For example, “Point 4 (8th Game) W2” (The second player wins the 4th point (the fourth time the ball is served) in the 8th game). So if the 8th game goes as follows:
    •  1st point: 0-15 (player 2 won);
    •  2nd point: 15-15 (player 1 won);
    •  3rd point: 15-30 (player 2 won);
    •  4th point: 15-40 (player 2 won) – the bet wins.
17. “Score In Set 1”. For this bet the correct score of the first set should be predicted. If the first set is not completed, bets on this outcome will be settled at odds of 1.
18. “Match Tie-Break”. The Customer should predict whether a tie-break will be in the match. If a match is not completed for any reason and a tie-break has already taken place, the bet “Match Tie-Break – Yes” will win, while the bet “Match Tie-Break – No” will lose. If a match is not completed for any reason and there has been no tie-break, bets on the “Match Tie-Break” market will be settled at odds of 1.
19. “Player First To Challenge A Line Call”. The Customer should predict which player will be the first to exercise their right to challenge a line call. If neither player exercises their right to challenge a line call, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
20. No bet will be canceled due to a misprint in the initials of a sportsman/sportswoman (for example, D. Muller instead of G. Muller). In this event, bets will stand.
21. “Tie-Break Score In Set”. The Customer should predict the correct score of a tie-break.
    A tie-break is played in order to determine the winner of a set when the score in the set reaches 6:6. A tie-break must be played up to 7 points (the tie-break score can be 7:5, 7:4 etc.).
22. “W 1/2 With Any Other Score”. This bet implies that a player will win a tie-break after a score of 6:6 (or a super tie-break after a score of 9:9).
    Example 1. Klein (Australia) vs. Klec (Slovakia). W1 With Any Other Score.
    •  The tie-break ends with the score (7:3) – the bet loses.
    •  The tie-break ends with the score (8:6) – the bet wins (as Player 1 won after a score of 6:6).
23. “Match Tie-Break Score”. The Customer should predict the correct score of the tie-break.
24. A match super tie-break is played up to 10 points (the score may be 10:8, 10:6 etc.).
25. “Tie-Break Score. Any Other W1/W2”. Which player will win the tie-break with a score different to those offered?
26. Bets on the “Tie-Break Score” markets will be settled at odds of 1 if there has been no tie-break in the match or in the set, or if the match has not been completed for any reason.
27. “Set To Finish 6:0 (0:6) In The Match – Yes”. The bet will win if the score of any set in the match will be either (6:0) or (0:6).
28. “Player To Lose 1st Set But Come Back To Win”. The bet will win if a player loses the first set but goes on to win the match.
29. “Sets Scoring”. For example, the bet “1st Set > 2nd” will win if there are more games in the first set than in the second set.
30. Bets on a game which was played as a tie-break in the set will be settled at odds of 1 (stakes will be refunded). Games within each set are numbered consecutively for betting purposes.
31. Statistics (number of aces, number of double faults, first serve percentage, etc.) are quoted subject to information on the respective official websites of the specific tournaments.
32. Bets on specific statistics (number of aces, number of double faults, first serve percentage, etc.) are settled in the following manner when a match is not completed for whatever reason. Outcomes which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted will count towards the bet settlement. Payouts on other bets will be made at odds of 1.
33. A match point is a point which if won by one of the players will also win them the match.
34. “Break Number 1 – Player 1”. The bet will win if Player 1 is the first to win a game when receiving serve (a break point is a point that, if won by the receiving player, will win them the game. This is called a break of serve.).
35. “Total Points In First Game Over (5.5)”. This is a bet on the number of points in the first game. For example, if the game is won after the score (40:30), there have been 6 points and the bet wins.
36. In the “Highest Scoring Period” markets only the first and second sets are taken into account. The bet “Highest Scoring Period – Draw” will win if, for example, the score is (6:3, 3:6, 6:4). The bets “Highest Scoring Period – 1” and “Highest Scoring Period – 2” will lose if the number of games in the first set is equal to the number of games in the second set.
37. “Highest (Lowest) Scoring Set – Total”. Bets on the Total markets will be settled subject to the rules of the respective tennis tournament (i.e. if players have to play until they have won 2 sets or 3 sets).
38. “Who Will Make More Breaks”. There are three outcomes in this market: Player 1, Player 2 and Draw. Should players have an equal number of breaks in the match, the selection “Draw” will win.  
39. “Player To Win Their Serve After Score 0:40 – Yes”. The bet will win if a player is losing their service game with a score of 0:40 but then goes on to win the game.
40. “First Line Call Challenge To Be Successful – Yes/No”. If both players have not exercised their right to challenge a line call, the winning odds will amount to 1.
41. FAST4 tennis matches are either best-of-three sets (two sets must be won) or best-of-five sets (three sets must be won). A set lasts until four games have been won. If the score is 3:3, a tie-break is awarded. The tie-break is won when a player reaches 5 points but there is no need for a two-point margin, meaning that the tie-break can end with a score of 5:4. If the score in the tie-break is 4:4, the receiving player or team selects which side (right or left) the ball will be served. In a tie-break players will change ends after the first 4 points have been played.

10.24 Floorball

1. Floorball is a type of floor hockey which is played indoors on a hard rink using a plastic ball with holes in it.
2. All bets are settled on the result at the end of regular time (60 minutes of play consisting of three periods of 20 minutes each). 
   The bookmaker bears no responsibility for any inaccurate declaration of the duration of a match. Details shown in the “Sports” and “Live” sections are indicative only. The Customer should check the rules against official sources.
3. Extra time and penalty shootouts will only count for the following markets: “To Qualify (For The Next Round)”, “Winner Of The Tournament” and similar.
4. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted.
5. At least 50 minutes of play must elapse for the match to be declared official. In this event all bets will be settled on the result at the time the match was stopped.
6. Subject to the authorization of the bodies who organize the event, the duration of a match may be shortened to at least two periods of 15 minutes each with an intermission to be determined by the organizers. The Customer should check the rules of the relevant tournament against independent sources.

10.25 Football

1. Bets on football matches (including cup matches) are accepted on regular time specified in the rules (90 minutes of play consisting of two halves of 45 minutes each plus injury time), unless otherwise stated in the “Sports” section (“extra time”).
   Extra time and penalty shootouts will only count for the markets “To Qualify (For The Next Round)”, “League Promotion/Relegation”, “Winner Of The Tournament” and similar.
2. At least 80 minutes of play must elapse for bets to stand except for markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was stopped.
3. Format of friendly matches.
   FIFA rules in respect to the duration of friendly youth matches:
   • for U18, U17, U16, U15 teams – 80 minutes (two halves of 40 minutes each);
   • U14 teams – 70 minutes (two halves of 35 minutes each), all 70 minutes of play must elapse for bets to stand; 
   • U13 and U12 teams – 60 minutes (two halves of 30 minutes each), all 60 minutes of play must elapse for bets to stand.
     The rules of friendlies are determined before the start of a tournament. The Customer should check the rules against independent sources of information prior to placing bets on friendlies.
4. The number of corner kicks in the Russian Football Championship (Russian Premier League) is calculated on the third day after the conclusion of the match. If the number of corner kicks is not specified on the websites listed as Main Sources of Information, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
5. Bets on the “To Be Higher At The End Of The Tournament” market in respect to the World Cup and UEFA European Championship will be settled subject to the stages to which the teams progressed.
6. Bets on the team to score more goals and the team to score (concede) most (fewest) goals in respect to the World Cup and UEFA European Championship will be settled including extra time, but excluding penalty shootouts. If the teams have scored (or conceded) an equal number of goals, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
7. Bets on football matches labeled “extra time” will be settled excluding penalty shootouts. Bets on penalty shootouts are accepted separately.
8. “First Corner – Team”. Which team will be the first to take a corner kick?
9. “More Corners – Team”. Which team will take the most corner kicks in the match?
10. “Total Corners Over/Under”. The Customer should predict whether the total number of corner kicks in the match will be more or fewer than the specified number.
11. Yellow card markets (labeled “YC”). Only cautions to the outfield players and goalkeeper will count for bets on total yellow cards and total yellow cards with a handicap. No second yellow card resulting in a dismissal will count in the calculation of the number of yellow cards in the match.
12. LIVE bets on yellow cards in a specified time interval are settled without taking the stoppage time into account. For example, if a bet was placed on a yellow card between 85:00 and 88:59 and a yellow card was shown at 90+1 min., the bet will be settled as lost.
13. No yellow or red cards shown to the outfield players or goalkeeper after the final whistle will count for betting purposes. If a yellow card is shown by the referee in the half-time break for an offence committed in the first half (i.e. a deferred yellow card), this card will count for bets on the first half. If the referee shows a yellow card for an offence committed in the half-time break, this card will count for bets on the second half.
14. Bets on “Yellow/Red Card” (also referred to as YRC or Cards) will be settled in the following manner: a yellow card is counted as one card; a red card is counted as two yellow cards. The second yellow card for the same player will not be counted and will be regarded as one red card. This means that one player can have maximum 3 cards per match.
15. The number of yellow and red cards, corner kicks and hits of the crossbar/posts will be determined subject to video footage. In the event of a lack of video footage, or its interruption, the number of yellow and red cards and corner kicks will be taken from official sources. All other statistics (offsides, fouls, substitutions, etc.) will only be taken from official sources. A substitution made in the 46th minute according to the official source will be regarded as a substitution made in the half-time break. A corner kick which was retaken will be regarded as just one corner kick for bet settlement purposes. Only those corner kicks which have been taken will count towards the settlement of bets on Total Corners.
16. Posts and crossbars. Only when the crossbar/post is hit and the ball remains in play will such hits count for betting purposes (for example, if the ball has hit the player, the referee, another post or crossbar). A post or crossbar will not count in the following events: the match had been interrupted before the ball hit a post or the crossbar; the ball was out of the field or was scored (a goal) after hitting a post or the crossbar.
17. Shots On Target. Shots which hit the crossbar/post or which are blocked are not counted when this bet is settled.
18. Shots on goal. For bet settlement purposes, all shots on and off target, as well as blocked shots count.
19. Bets on the statistics markets may be settled within one hour of the end of the match.
20. PRE-MATCH bets: “Goal In Time Interval”, “First Goal Time”, “Team to Score First\Last Goal Up To () Minute” are settled with stoppage time taken into account unless otherwise stated in the Sports section.
21. Bets on QUICK EVENTS: “Total In The Interval From () To () Minute”, “Handicap In The Interval…”, “Outcome In The Interval…”. The Customer should determine the number of goals in the specified time interval.
    • In the interval from 40:00 to 44:59 the total number of goals will be calculated excluding stoppage time;
    • In the interval from 85:00 to 89:59 the total number of goals will be calculated excluding stoppage time;
    • In the interval from 10:00 to 19:59, if the goal is scored in the 20th minute, it will count for bets within this interval.
22. First To Happen. Bets will be settled according to the time that the event happened. For bets on time intervals from the 41st to the 45th minute and from the 86th to the 90th minute, the “First To Happen” market will be settled excluding stoppage time.
23. “To Score A Goal (David Villa)”. The bet will win if the named player (David Villa) appears on the pitch and scores a goal. An own goal does not count. Should the player fail to enter the field of play, stakes will be refunded (bets will be settled at odds of 1). Bets on this market will only stand for players in the starting 11 (if a player is introduced as a substitute and bets on that player were offered, such bets will be settled at odds of 1).
24. “To Score First Goal (David Villa)”. The bet will win if the named player (David Villa) appears on the pitch and scores the first goal. An own goal does not count. If the player enters the field of play after the first goal has been scored or does not enter the pitch at all, the bet will be settled at odds of 1. Bets on this market will only stand for players in the starting 11 (if a player is introduced as a substitute and bets on that player were offered, such bets will be settled at odds of 1).
25. “Player Will Score Over/Under 0.5”. Bets will only stand for players in the starting 11 (if a player is introduced as a substitute and bets on that player were offered, such bets will be settled at odds of 1).
26. “First/Last Match Goal – Time Interval”. Bets on the first goal being scored in the specified interval, for example from 1 to 30 minute, will lose should the match be interrupted with the score at 0:0 after the specified interval.
27. “A Player To Score Two Goals” (also “Brace”)/”Hat-Trick”. The Customer should predict whether a player will score exactly two goals (a brace) or exactly three goals (a hat-trick) in a single match. Own goals do not count. If a hat-trick has been scored, the bet “A Player To Score Two Goals – Yes” will lose.
28. “Penalty Awarded – Yes/No”. The Customer should predict whether a penalty kick will be awarded in the match.
29. “Penalty Awarded And Sending Off – Yes”. The bet will win if there has been both a penalty kick and a dismissal in the match.
30. “Half: 1×2”. Bets are made on the first half. 
    For example, “Team 2 To Win First Half – Yes”. The bet will win if Team 2 wins the first half.
31. “Multi Corner”. The number of corner kicks in the first half is multiplied by the number of corner kicks in the second half. For example, there have been five corner kicks in the first half and seven corner kicks in the second half. Accordingly, the result is 5×7=35.
32. “Penalty Shoot-Out Win 2 – Yes”. A penalty shootout must take place and Team 2 must win it for this bet to win. The bet will lose if no penalty shootout takes place or if Team 2 lose the penalty shootout.
33. “Highest Scoring Period”.
    “Highest Scoring Period – 1st Half” – a bet on the total number of goals in the first half exceeding the total number of goals in the second half;
    “Highest Scoring Period – 2nd Half” – a bet on the total number of goals in the second half exceeding the total number of goals in the first half;
    “Highest Scoring Period – Draw” – a bet on the total number of goals in the second half being equal to the total number of goals in the first half.
34. “Team 1/2 Player Has The Ball At The Final Whistle”. The Customer needs to predict a player from which team will be in possession of the ball at the final whistle.
35. Bets on specific players “First To Happen”: (Costa D.) Will Not Score A Penalty; (Costa D.) Will Get Red/Yellow Card; (Costa D.) Will Be Substituted; (Costa D.) Will Score A Goal”.
    A bet slip on which the earliest outcome is specified will win. For example, a yellow card was shown to Costa D. in the 15th minute, he scored a goal in the 30th minute, and was then substituted in the 40th minute. The bet “(Costa D.) Will Get Red/Yellow Card” will win, while bets on other outcomes will lose. Should Costa D. fail to enter the field of play, all stakes will be refunded (bets will be settled at odds of 1).
36. Football. Specials. “Next Manager Retirement”. Should more than one manager retire on the same day, the retirement which was declared earliest on the team’s official website will be deemed the first. All bets made after the retirement of the manager will be settled at odds of 1. The time and date of the retirement will be determined subject to information on the website of the team which terminated their contract with the manager.
37. Football. “Managers”. No caretaker manager (a person appointed to perform managerial duties) will count for betting purposes. Should a manager who is not on the list be appointed, all bets will stand and be deemed lost. If a club appoints a director, they will not count towards the settlement of bets on the permanent manager market.
38. Football. “Players”. Bets on this market will be settled without taking players on loan into account, unless otherwise stated in the “Sports” section (“including loans”). If a player has not left a club in the specified transfer window, all bets will stand and be deemed lost. If a player signs a contract with a club for which no price is offered, all bets will stand and be deemed lost. If all preliminary contracts or other similar agreements confirming the deal are concluded later than the date specified in the market, they will not count towards the settlement of bets.
39. Bets on penalty shootouts. If the fifth penalty kick is not taken in a penalty shootout, then the following markets will be refunded:
    “Team 2 To Score Their 5th Penalty – No”;
    “Team 2 To Score Their 5th Penalty – Yes”.
40. “Player To Score First Goal And Team To Win With The Score”.
    The Customer should predict which player will score the first goal and the score at the end of regular time (including stoppage time). If a player does not participate in the match or is introduced as a substitute after the first goal has been scored, bets will be settled at odds of 1. If the first goal is an own goal (a player scores in their own team’s net), bets on the player who has scored this goal will be settled at odds of 1. If a match is interrupted after the first goal has been scored and is not concluded within the timeframe stipulated in the rules, bets on the player who scored this goal will be settled at odds of 1.
    Bet 1 “Adam Lallana To Score First Goal And Team 1 To Win With The Score 1-0 – yes”
    Bet 2 “Dejan Lovren To Score First Goal And Team 1 To Win With The Score 1-0 – yes”
    Example 1.
    Adam Lallana scored the first goal and Team 1 won with the score 1-0:
    bet 1 wins;
    bet 2 loses.
    Example 2.
    Adam Lallana did not enter the field of play and Team 1 won with the score 1-0:
    stake of bet 1 is refunded;
    bet 2 loses.
41. Accumulator outcomes. 
    Football markets which include two or three outcomes. For example:
    “Fewer Than 2.5 Goals And Fewer Than 4 Cards”
    “W2 And Fewer Than 10 Corners And Fewer Than 4 Cards”
    Bets on such markets will win if all the outcomes within the market are predicted correctly.
    Bets are accepted on regular time, including additional/stoppage time. Extra time will not count for betting purposes.
    A corner kick which has to be retaken will count as a single kick.
    A second offence by the same player resulting in a yellow and a red card will count as just one card. Thus, if a red card was shown immediately after a yellow card, only one card will count. Only cards shown to players on the pitch will be taken into account.
    Should one of the outcomes be the same as the number quoted in the bet, no refund will be made in respect to accumulators. For example, “Fewer Than 10 Corners And Fewer Than 4 Cards” – if there are 9 corners and 4 cards, the bet loses.
42. Alternative outcomes. “Total Points For Cards”. The Customer should predict the number of points received by the team/teams for cards in the match. Bets are accepted on regular time.
    • No card will count unless it is shown to a player on the pitch;
    • One yellow card is worth 10 points;
    • One red card is worth 25 points;
    • The maximum number of points given for a second yellow card offence resulting in a red card is 25. These points will be given provided that a red card has been shown immediately after a yellow card.
43. Alternative outcomes. “Points”. The Customer should predict the number of points earned by the team during the match. Bets are accepted on regular time. No red card will count unless it is shown to a player on the pitch. A corner kick which has to be retaken will not be regarded as a second corner kick and thus will not result in 3 extra points.
    Points will be awarded as follows:
    • 10 points for each goal;
    • 5 points for a win to nil;
    • 3 points for each corner;
    • – (minus) 10 points for each red card.
44. Alternative outcomes. “Points In The First Five Minutes”. Bets made on the first five minutes of play will be settled based on what takes place in the interval from 0:00 to 4:59.
    • A corner kick which has to be retaken will be regarded as a single corner; 
    • A penalty which has to be retaken at the referee’s discretion will count as a single penalty;
    • The maximum number of points for a second bookable offence is 10. These points will be given provided that a red card is shown immediately after the yellow card. No card will count unless it is shown to a player on the pitch.
      Points will be awarded as follows:
    • 10 points for each goal;
    • 3 points for each corner;
    • 10 points for each penalty awarded;
    • 5 points for each card.
45. Alternative outcomes. “Total Points During The Match”. The Customer should predict the number of points earned by the teams during the match.
    • A corner kick which has to be retaken will count as a single corner;
    • A penalty which has to be retaken at the referee’s discretion will count as a single penalty;
    • The maximum number of points for a second bookable offence is 13. These points will be given provided that a red card (10 points) has been shown immediately after a yellow card (3 points). No card will count unless it is shown to a player on the pitch.
      Points will be awarded as follows:
    • 10 points for each goal;
    • 3 points for each corner;
    • 10 points for each penalty awarded;
    • 3 points for each yellow card;
    • 10 points for each red card.
46. Cards. Statistics. Bets will be settled depending on the events during regular time. No card will count unless it is shown to a player on the pitch.
    First Card. Bets will be settled on what occurred in the designated interval of the match. A red or yellow card must be shown in the designated interval. No card will count if an infraction which later resulted in a caution (or dismissal) happened in the designated interval, but the card was shown after the designated interval.
    Total Cards. Bets will be settled including added (stoppage) time. Extra time will not count unless otherwise stated. Only one card will count for a second bookable offence. This means that if a yellow card is immediately followed by a red card, only one card will count for betting purposes. Accordingly, a player may not receive more than two cards per match.
    Last Card. Should there be no cards in the match, the selection “No Cards” will win. All other bets will lose. Should two or more players be involved in a single incident, the market will be settled based on the last card shown.
47. Football with 8 players in each team. A match consists of two halves of 30 minutes each (unless the referee and the opposing teams have agreed to a different format). The parties must reach an agreement (for example, that each half should be 25 minutes due to bad lighting) before the match starts and such an agreement must comply with the rules of the tournament.
    • The half-time break must not exceed 10 minutes. The duration of the half-time break may be changed by mutual agreement between the teams and the referee;
    • Only the referee may determine the duration of added time;
    • Additional time must be allocated to make a 10-meter shot awarded at the end of any half in regular time or in extra time;
    • Extra time. The rules may stipulate two equal extra time periods.
48. Alternative matches. This is where alternative matches are made up from the teams taking part in matches streamed LIVE. Should there be a forfeit in one of the real-life matches, bets on alternative matches will be settled at odds of “1” (refund).
    For example. Alternative match: U.C. Sampdoria – Hellas Verona W1. Actual matches: U.C. Sampdoria – Internazionale 2:0, Udinese Calcio – Hellas Verona 0:2. The score of the alternative match U.C. Sampdoria – Hellas Verona is 2:2. The bet loses as the alternative match has ended in a draw.
    Alternative double matches. All teams listed in this market play simultaneously. Bets will be settled on the scores of the matches between the specified teams.
    For example.
    Eintracht Braunschweig/Borussia Dortmund – FC Schalke 04/TSG 1899 Hoffenheim – Total Over 2.5
    Eintracht Braunschweig – FC Schalke 04 ended with the score 0:0. Borussia Dortmund – TSG 1899 Hoffenheim ended with the score 2:1. The combined score of Eintracht Braunschweig/Borussia Dortmund is 0+2=2. The combined score of FC Schalke 04/TSG 1899 Hoffenheim is 0+1=1. The combined score of the double matches Eintracht Braunschweig/Borussia Dortmund – FC Schalke 04/TSG 1899 Hoffenheim is 2:1. The first pair beats the second pair by a one goal margin. The total of the alternative double match is 3 goals and thus the bet wins.
49. FIFA. Next President. The acting president of FIFA will not count for betting purposes.
50. Football. Teams. Special bets. Players. Bets on a player’s statistics will only count if the player in question made an appearance for the specified team. The player must participate in at least one match.
    For example. Football. Liverpool. Season 2015/16. Premier League. Players. Total yellow cards. Only those yellow cards which have been shown to a player while in the Liverpool FC lineup will count for betting purposes. The player must participate in at least one match.
51. Football. Statistics of the first leg and the second leg. The outcomes are given based on the result of both legs. Bets will be settled when the second leg is over.
52. How The Goal Will Be Scored. The following rules apply:
    • Own Goal – the bet wins if a goal is scored as an own goal.
    • From A Direct Free Kick – the bet wins if a goal is scored from a direct free kick by the player taking the free kick or if a goal is scored directly from a corner kick.
    • Penalty – the bet wins if a goal is scored from a penalty kick by the player taking the penalty kick.
    • With A Header (Headed Goal) – the bet wins if a goal is scored by the ball hitting a player’s head. Own goals will not count for betting purposes.
    • By Kicking – the bet wins if a goal is scored from a kick. A goal from a direct free kick, a penalty, or an own goal will not count for betting purposes. If a goal has been scored by any part of a player’s body apart from the head, such a goal will be deemed to have been scored by kicking.
    • No Goal – the bet wins unless the first (or next) goal has been scored.
53. “Position Of Goalscorer”. Bets on this market will be settled based on the official position of a player. The positions are determined according to the “Position” information on http://www.transfermarkt.co.uk/. For matches between national teams, the position of a player will be determined according to the starting list on the official tournament website.
54. Players, Match-Ups by goals. Bets on this market are settled on the result at the end of regular time. If the player in question is not part of the starting 11, bets will be settled at odds of “1”.  
55. Statistics of national teams in the group stage. These markets will be settled on the results of official matches held in the group stage.
56. In the “Distance Covered By A Player” and “Distance Covered By A Team” markets the distance is specified in kilometers and is determined excluding extra time and excluding penalty shootouts. The distance covered by a player (or team) should be rounded to the nearest hundredth of a kilometer.
57. Statistics of national teams in the tournament. These markets will be settled on the results of official matches including extra time (excluding penalty shootouts and own goals) held in the group stage and play-off stage. Markets on the statistics of players in the match will be settled including extra time.
58. The medical team is only deemed to have entered the field of play if they have permission from the referee to do so and if they actually provide medical assistance to a player on the pitch (applying dressings, treating a sudden loss of blood circulation, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, medical evacuation, etc.). In the event that two medical teams are called in by the referee – one to each team – this will be counted as a single medical team entering the field of play.
59. “Main Referee To Watch Video Footage – Yes/No” – the referee consults the VAR screen.
    “VAR To Be Used – Yes/No”. The use of video review is determined based on the video stream if one of the following occurs:
    • the referee makes the video review sign (a rectangle)
    • the referee consults the VAR screen
60. Result. Higher At The End Of The Tournament (Players). The following successive criteria shall apply: goals scored in the tournament; the most assists in the tournament; the fewest number of minutes played in the tournament. These factors include extra time, but exclude penalty shootouts and own goals.
61. Number of goals scored by a player (during the season, series). When a player is transferred to a different championship, the bets which have already been made will be settled at odds of 1. If a player has not been declared in the starting 11 of any match, bets on this player will be settled at odds of 1.
62. Result. Higher At The End Of The Tournament (Teams). The following successive criteria will apply: elimination stage; place within the group; points obtained within the group; goal difference throughout the tournament; goals scored throughout the tournament (including extra time, but excluding penalty shootouts). 
63. The “Player to score more goals” market (for a tournament or a championship) will be settled including extra time, but excluding penalty shootouts. If a player is not included in the starting 11 of any match, bets on this player will be settled at odds of 1.
64. “To Be Sent To The Stands”. The Customer should predict whether the referee will send the specified manager to the stands.
65. “Player vs Team”. This market will be settled on the results of official matches. Should a player fail to participate in the match or be included in the starting 11, stakes will be refunded. If a player is dismissed or substituted during the match, all bets will stand.
66. Alternative victories. This market will be settled on the results of official matches. If there is a forfeit in any match or if a match was not held, bets on alternative victories will be refunded.
67. The bet “Stats. Which group will have the most number of goals” will be settled with the odds equal to “1” if an equal number of goals is scored in each group.
68. “Set piece goal”. A set piece goal has been scored if players from either team have touched the ball no more than two times (including the starting kick) from the moment the ball is returned to open play to the moment the goal is scored. A touch by the defending goalkeeper is not counted. The set piece positions in football include kick-off from midfield, throw-in from the touch line, direct free kick, indirect free kick, corner kick, goal kick, penalty kick, and a dropped ball.
69. For the “Free Kick” markets both direct and indirect free kicks are valid (including free kicks after an offside).
70. Indoor soccer (showball) is a type of football played in a walled indoor arena with synthetic turf. A match consists of two halves of 20 minutes each or four quarters of 15 minutes each, depending on the agreement between the teams. If a match ends in a draw in regular time, overtime may be awarded. All bets are accepted on regular time.
71. Multi goal. It is necessary to predict the number of goals scored during the match based on the different ranges offered. For example, Multi goal 2-4. The bet will win if 2, 3 or 4 goals are scored in the match.
72. The next goal, handicap. It is necessary to predict which team will score the next goal. If there is no next goal in the match, the bet will be settled at odds of 1.
73. Duel of the players. Markets on the goals scored by the players are settled including stoppage time.
74. Time Periods With No Goals (not counting stoppage time). The duration of the time periods with no goals is calculated as the difference between the beginning of the match and the minute of the first goal, the difference between the minutes of any subsequent goals scored, and the difference between the minute of the final goal and the end of the match. If the match ends with no goals, the period with no goals is considered to be 90 minutes. Example: If the first goal is scored at the 11:01 mark and the second is scored at the 15:59 mark, the time period with no goals is 3 minutes (the 13th, 14th and 15th minutes). For the “Team 1/2 Time In The Lead” and “Draw Duration (min)” markets, only full minutes are taken into account.

10.26 Futsal

1. All bets are settled on the result at the end of regular time (40 minutes of play consisting of two periods of 20 minutes each).
   The bookmaker bears no responsibility for any inaccurate declaration of the duration of a match. Details shown in the “Sports” and “Live” sections are indicative only. The Customer should check the rules against official sources.
2. Extra time and penalty shootouts from the 6-meter mark will only count for the following markets: qualifying for the next round, winner of the tournament, and similar.
3. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted.
4. At least 35 minutes of play must elapse for the match to be declared official. In this event, all bets will be settled on the result at the time the match was stopped.

10.27 Field Hockey

1. All bets are settled on the result at the end of regular time (70 minutes of play consisting of two periods of 35 minutes each or four periods of 17 minutes 30 seconds each).
   The bookmaker bears no responsibility for any inaccurate declaration of the duration of a match. Details shown in the “Sports” and “Live” sections are indicative only. The Customer should check the rules against official sources.
2. Extra time and penalty shootouts will only count for the following markets: qualifying for the next round, winner of the tournament, and similar.
3. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted.
4. At least 60 minutes of play must elapse for the match to be declared official. In this event, all bets will be settled on the result at the time the match was stopped.
5. Indoor Field Hockey is an indoor variant of field hockey. A match consists of 2 periods of 20 minutes each.

10.28 Bandy

1. All bets are settled on the result at the end of regular time (90 minutes of play consisting of two periods of 45 minutes each or three periods of 30 minutes each).
   The bookmaker bears no responsibility for any inaccurate declaration of the duration of a match. Details shown in the “Sports” and “Live” sections are indicative only. The Customer should check the rules against official sources.
2. Extra time will only count for the following markets: to qualify for the next round, to qualify for another league, winner of the tournament, and similar.
3. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been unconditionally determined at the time the match was interrupted.
4. At least 80 minutes of play must elapse for the match to be declared official. In this event, all bets will be settled on the result at the time the match was stopped.
5. Inline hockey is a team sport in which players wear skates and use a puck or a ball. A match lasts for four periods of 12 minutes each.

10.29 Ice Hockey

1. Bets on markets in the “Sports” section are accepted on regular time (60 minutes of play consisting of 3 periods of 20 minutes each) unless otherwise stated (including overtime if labeled “With OT”, or including overtime and penalty shootouts if labeled “Including Overtime And Penalty Shootouts”).
2. Bets on markets in the “LIVE” section are only accepted on regular time.
   LIVE bets on KHL and NHL matches are accepted:
   • on regular time;
   • on regular time including overtime (labeled “With OT”);
   • on regular time including overtime and penalty shootouts (labeled “Including Overtime And Penalty Shootouts”).
     Example 1. Buffalo Sabres – Toronto Maple Leafs (Including Overtime And Penalty Shootouts). In this case bets are accepted on regular time including overtime and penalty shootouts. The score of the match is 2:3 (1:0, 1:1, 0:1, 0:0, 0:1). All bets will be settled based on the final score of 2:3. The total number of goals for betting purposes is 5.
     Example 2. Buffalo Sabres – Toronto Maple Leafs (With OT). In this case bets are accepted on regular time including overtime. The final score for betting purposes will be 2:2 (1:0, 1:1, 0:1; 0:0). The total number of goals for betting purposes is 4. W1 and W2 bets will lose.
     Example 3.Buffalo Sabres – Toronto Maple Leafs. In this case bets are only accepted on regular time. The final score for betting purposes is 2:2 (1:0, 1:1, 0:1). The total number of goals for betting purposes is 4. W1 and W2 bets will lose.
3. If a match starts but is not completed, all bets thereon will be settled at odds of 1, except for those markets which had already been determined at the time the match was stopped.
4. At least 55 minutes of play must elapse for bets to stand. In this case all bets will be settled based on the result at the time the match was stopped.
5. NHL, AHL, CHL, OHL, WHL and East Coast Hockey League teams may be shown in a direct order (home – away) and in a reversed order. If the latter is the case, no stakes are refunded.
6. “Total”. Where penalty shootouts are taken into account, all goals scored in the shootout by the winning team will be regarded as one goal for settlement purposes, while the goals scored in the shootout by the losing team will be regarded as zero goals.
7. “Goal From 1 To 7 Minute”. If the goal is scored at 7 minutes 00 seconds, it is deemed to have been scored in the 8th minute.
8. Bets on the following markets are settled based on the final record or bracket of the body that officially organizes the event: “Higher At The End Of The Tournament”, “Winner Of The Championship”, “Winner Of The Group”, “Scored Points”, “Scored Goals” and “Conceded Goals”.
9. The bet “Period () > Period ()” will lose if an equal number of goals has been scored in both specified periods.
10. Bets on the “Top (Country) Goalscorer In The Tournament” market are settled based on the official final rankings, where the total number of goals plus assists is taken into account. All bets are made including overtime, but excluding penalty shootouts. Should a player fail to take to the ice, bets on them will be settled at odds of 1. If two or more players have an equal score, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
11. “Team To Win And Total Under/Over”. The Customer should predict which team will win the match and how many goals will be scored (more or fewer than the specified number). Bets on NHL and KHL matches, as well as on matches which form part of other championships and international tournaments, are accepted on regular time.
12. “Race To 3 (5 etc.) Points”. The Customer should predict which participant will be the first to score the specified number of points in the match. If any participant refuses to continue for any reason before they or their opponent scores the specified number of points, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
13. “Team 2 To Win In Overtime – No”. The bet will win if either no overtime takes place or Team 2 loses in overtime. Bets on the win in a penalty shootout are settled in the same manner.
14. “Overtime win”. The winner must be determined in overtime (OT).
    The score is (0:0; 1:1; 1:0) – the bet loses.
    The score is (0:0; 1:1; 0:0; 0:1) – the bet wins.
    The score is (0:0; 1:1; 0:0; 0:0; 1:0) – the bet loses.
15. Bets on markets in the “Sports” section labeled “Time Penalty” are made on the number of minutes that an offending player must spend in the penalty box for an infraction. Only two-minute minor penalties will count. Double minor penalties (2+2) are treated as two separate penalties. Penalty minutes awarded before the start of a period (match) or after the completion of a period (match) and which are specified in the final record of said match will count for betting purposes. The number of penalty minutes will only be determined based on the official record.
16. Bets on markets in the “LIVE” section labeled “Time Penalty” are accepted on the number of minutes which an offending player spends in the penalty box for an infraction. Only two-minute minor penalties will count. Penalty minutes awarded before the start of a period (match) or after the completion of a period (match) and which are specified in the final record of said match will count for betting purposes. The number of penalty minutes will only be determined based on the official record.
17. Bets on markets labeled “Shots On Goal”. The number of shots on goal will be determined only on the basis of the official record.
18. Player’s Individual Total (in ice hockey). The Customer should predict the total number of points scored by a player, where points are awarded for goals and assists. All bets on a player’s individual total number of points are only accepted on regular time. Should a player fail to take to the ice, bets on them will be settled at odds of 1.
19. “Team To Score First And Win The Match”. This bet is only accepted on regular time.
20. “Team 1 To Score First And Win The Match – No”. This bet will win if Team 1 does not score the first goal or if they do not win the match.
21. “Total Interval From 6 To 8 – No”
    Example:
    “Total Interval From 6 To 8 – No”. The score is (2:3). The total amounts to 5. The bet wins.
    “Total Interval From 6 To 8 – No”. The score is (3:4). The total amounts to 7. The bet loses.
22. Total Goals Scored During Power Play. The Customer should predict the number of goals scored in power play situations.
    Example. Team 1 scored one goal while in a power play. Team 2 scored no goals while in a power play. Accordingly, there was only one goal scored in total during power play in the match.
    The bet “Total Goals Scored During Power Play UNDER 1.5” wins.
    The bet “Total Goals Scored During Power Play OVER 1.5” loses.
23. “Empty Net Goal Will Be Scored”. The bet will win if, at the time a goal is scored, the goaltender is not on the ice (i.e. if the goaltender has been replaced by a skater).
24. “Total Hat-tricks (3 Goals By One Player) Over 0.5”. Only scored goals will count (no assists will be taken into consideration when determining a hat-trick).
25. “Highest Scoring Period”.
    “Highest Scoring Period – 1” – the teams will score more goals in the first period than in the second or third period.
    “Highest Scoring Period – 2” – the teams will score more goals in the second period than in the first or third period.
    “Highest Scoring Period – 3” – the teams will score more goals in the third period than in the first or second period.
    “Highest Scoring Period – Draw” – the teams will score an equal (highest) number of goals in at least two periods. 
26. Bets on matches within the KHL Nadezhda Cup are only accepted on regular time. The result of a match is determined at the end of regular time (a match may end in a draw).
27. Result. Who performs better in the tournament (competition)? The winner will be determined subject to the following successive criteria: elimination stage, place within the group (conference), points obtained within the group (regular season), goal difference throughout the tournament (regular season); goals scored throughout the tournament (regular season) excluding overtimes and penalty shootouts.
28. “Winner Of The Match”. Bets are settled according to the rules of the tournament within which the match is held. For example, bets on the “Winner Of The Match” market in respect to the NHL regular season are settled including overtime and penalty shootouts. Bets on the “Winner Of The Match” market in respect to the playoffs are settled including overtime.
29. Alternative matches. For this market the results of the matches that are broadcast live are compared. Should any match be forfeited, bets on alternative matches will be settled at odds of 1 (stakes will be refunded).
    Example. Alternative match. Avangard – Sibir. Total Over 5.5. The actual matches are Avangard – Salavat Yulayev, which finishes with a score of 4:1 and Metallurg – Sibir, which finishes with a score of 1:2. The score of the alternative match Avangard – Sibir will therefore be 4:2. The bet will win as the total number of goals in the alternative match equals 6.
    Alternative double matches. All teams specified in this type of market play simultaneously. The scores with which the said teams end their true matches count for betting purposes.
    Example.
    Torpedo/SKA – Dinamo/CSKA Total Under 7.5
    The match Torpedo – CSKA ended 3:2. The match SKA – Dinamo ended 2:1. The combined score Torpedo/SKA equals 3+2=5. The combined score Dinamo/CSKA equals 1+2=3. The combined score Torpedo/SKA – Dinamo/CSKA is therefore 5:3. The total number of goals in the alternative match equals 8. The bet loses.
30. Top Goalscorer. The following successive criteria shall apply: points obtained throughout the tournament; goals scored throughout the tournament; fewest number of matches played. Bets are settled excluding overtime and penalty shootouts.
31. “Total Minor Penalties”. The Customer should predict the total number of minor penalties in the match.
32. “Total Goals Scored By A Player”. The Customer should predict the total number of goals scored in the opposing team’s net by a specific player.
33. “Top Statistic Plus-Minus (Including Overtime)”. Bets are settled subject to the following rules: a team which has fewer members or the same number of members as the opposing team scores a goal (scored penalty shots do not count), and players of this team being on the ice at the time of the goal get one “plus”. It does not matter whether the opposing team’s goaltender is in goal at this time or whether they have been substituted by a skater and the net is empty. Accordingly, the team which has more members on the ice or the same number of members as the scoring team gets one “minus”, when they concede a goal. The statistics shall be gleaned from the official sources.
34. Duel of the players. Points (goal + assist). In this type of game, in the bets on the “Next goal” both goal and assist will count.

10.30 Bowls

1. Bets are accepted on sets and matches. In a match, all sets must be played. Should the winner be determined before the completion of a match for any reason, bets on sets will be deemed void unless further play affects the result.
2. If the winner has been determined before all sets are completed, bets on the winner of the match will be settled based on the official result provided that at least one end has been played to its conclusion.
3. In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts then all bets will be void.
4. If a match is started, but not completed, the player who has qualified for the next round will be deemed the winner.

10.31 Chess

1. Bets on the result of a game are settled based on the official result of that game, and bets on the result of a match are settled based on the results of all games comprising that match.
2. Should more than one player share first place at the end of a tournament, dead-heat rules must apply provided that no tie-break takes place or no extra points are given.
3. “1” always denotes the player who has the white pieces notwithstanding the venue of a game.
4. If the start of a game is delayed or a game is postponed for any reason, all bets will stand until the end of the game or the end of the tournament.
5. Handicap (0). If a game ends in a draw, all bets will be deemed void.
6. Should the format of a match be changed, bets on that match will be settled at odds of 1.

10.32 Formula One, Motorbikes, Speedway

1. If a race is not completed and the official result has not been declared, all bets will be deemed void except for markets which have already been determined.
2. Bets will be settled subject to the classification of the International Automobile Federation (FIA) immediately after the last race of the season.
3. Qualification bets. The official times from a qualifying session according to the FIA will be used for the settlement of bets. For the “Fastest” market, the times from the third qualifying segment will count. If there is no third qualifying segment, bets will be settled subject to the official grid formed by the FIA. Penalties will not count for the purposes of the settlement of total and handicap markets. However, according to the FIA, time penalties in qualification will be taken into account when determining the winner. Drivers must start the first qualifying segment for bets to stand. Bets on the fastest qualifying lap 1 and 2 will stand provided that drivers have started that qualifying lap.
4. To Be Classified. In order to be classified, a driver must complete 90% of the number of laps covered by the winner (rounded down to the nearest whole number). Drivers who retire from a race after they have completed 90% of the number of laps covered by the winner are deemed to have classified.
5. “Winner Of The Race” (winner in the final classification). The driver who takes first place in the final rankings (final classification) of the race will be deemed the winner.
6. “The Place Of The Driver In The Final Rankings”.
7. “Head-To-Head”. The Customer should predict which of the two named drivers will perform better. The driver who finishes in the higher place in the race (in the final classification) will be deemed to have performed better.
   Both drivers must start the race for bets to stand. Should both drivers fail to finish, bets will be settled based on the number of laps completed.
   Should both drivers retire from the race, the driver who has completed more laps will be deemed to have performed better. Should both drivers retire after an equal number of laps, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
   Should a driver fail to complete their fastest lap (fail to show the qualification time), their place shall be determined based on the final grid positions.
8. “To Complete The Race – Yes/No”. The Customer should predict whether the named driver will finish the race. A driver is deemed to have finished if they are classified as falling behind the leader.
9. “Fastest Lap”. The Customer should predict which driver will set the fastest lap time.
10. A warm-up lap counts in the race.
11. SPEEDWAY. Should an event be interrupted before its completion, all bets will stand provided that the event continues within 24 hours or the outcome has already been unconditionally determined. Otherwise, bets will be deemed void. In respect to handicap markets after the eighth heat, the previous eight heats must be completed, otherwise bets will be deemed void and heats will not count. If an event is postponed before its scheduled start time, all bets will be deemed void unless the event begins within 24 hours. All markets will be settled on the result after the final heat (according to the league’s schedule) or on the official podium result (individual competitions/Grand Prix). No subsequent appeals, disqualifications or deductions of points will count. Only data from official sources or the official websites of the corresponding tournaments may be used for bet settlement. Should information from the official sources prove to be incorrect, independent sources will be used for bet settlement. 
12. SPEEDWAY. Description of the available markets:

• Individual Heat Scores. Bets will be settled on the score of the heat before any points are added through the doubling-up of points.
• Individual Heat Winner. All four riders must start a heat, otherwise all bets will be canceled.
• Next Heat Winner/Heat 13 Winner. Prices are offered for the win of Team A, win of Team B, and the draw for the specified heats. The quoted heat must be completed in full for bets to stand.
• Rider Match-Ups/Handicap Match-Ups (League Fixtures). Results of all riders count and tactical points will be counted as normal score, i.e. 3-2-1-0. Bonus points do not count for settlement purposes. Bets will stand in a match-up if the two riders finish the race (exclusions do count). Additionally, if an event is interrupted before its completion, all bets will be canceled unless the outcomes have already been determined.
• Rider Total Points. All rides count and tactical points will be counted as normal score, i.e. 3-2-1-0. Bonus points do not count for settlement purposes. Bets will stand if the rider finishes. If an event is interrupted before its completion, all bets will be canceled unless the outcomes have already been determined. In Knockout Cup fixtures ‘Man on Man’ tactical rides do not count towards settlement. When Rider Total Points are offered for Grand Prix or European Championship events, bets will be settled on the number of points scored in the main round (20 heats) only, and excluding the semi-final and final ride-offs.

10.33 Lacrosse

1. Bets on lacrosse matches are accepted including overtime.
2. If a goal is scored at 09 minutes 00 seconds, it is deemed to have been scored in the interval from the 1st to the 9th minute. If a goal is scored at 01 minute 00 seconds, it is deemed to have been scored in the 1st minute.

10.34 TV-Games

1. Eurovision Song Contest.
   • Match-Ups. The Customer should predict which of the two named participating countries will finish higher in the Grand Final. If both participating countries have an equal score, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
   • Bets are settled subject to information on www.eurovision.tv.
2. TV-Games. Box Office. In some cases bets may be settled in the middle of the following week when the exact box office data becomes available.
   Game of Thrones. Number Of Viewers. Only those viewers who have watched the first airing will count. Reruns, P2P file sharing or viewing on other technologies are all excluded.
   Bets on events in the series are settled 24 hours after the release of the episode.
   Box office results in the USA and other countries will be determined based on the information on http://www.boxofficemojo.com.
3. Bets on rap battles are accepted subject to the approximate start time of a battle. The battle may actually start later. Bets on the winner will be settled after the official video of the battle has become available.
4. Special bets. If the outcome of the event is not in the list of available bets then all bets will stand and will be settled as lost.

10.35 eSports

1. Тotal and handicap bets on the rounds in respect to Counter-Strike are accepted including all possible overtimes.
2. Should any player (or team) drop out of a match (for any reason), they are deemed to be defeated in all remaining rounds/maps. Bets on Live markets will be settled at odds of “1”, unless the outcome had already been determined at the time the match was stopped.
3. If a match is postponed for more than 24 hours, the company has the right to settle bets at odds of “1”.
4. No bet will be canceled due to a misprint in the username of a player or a team, even if they use smurf accounts. In this event, bets will stand. No substitution of a team member, even if the same occurs during the match, will affect bets.
5. If the administrator stops a match and sets a replay, the result of the match so interrupted will not count.
6. Handicaps and totals are counted in maps, except when totals or handicaps are given in respect to a specific map or a match is held on a best-of-one basis.
7. “Map Ends In Daytime”. This market is based on the game’s day and night cycle. The first day starts at minute 0 and alternates with night every five minutes. Instant nighttime as summoned by the character Night Stalker due to his special ability is still regarded as day.
8. In Dota 2 and League of Legends the winner of a map or a match is declared after the throne or the nexus of either team has fallen.
9. In Dota 2, if First Blood is taken by a “tower” or by “neutral creeps”, the kill won’t be counted and the death will not affect the match result.
10. Dota 2 ‘Double Kill’, ‘Triple Kill’, ‘Ultra Kill’ and ‘Rampage’ bets will be settled according to the highest number of consecutive frags per map. Example: if an Ultra Kill occurs and it’s the highest number of consecutive frags, ‘Ultra Kill – Yes’ bets win and all other bets lose.
    ‘Who Will Score The Next Frag’ bets (20th, 30th, 40th etc.) in Dota 2 are bets on the next frag. The winner is the team that will perform the 10th (20th, 30th, 40th, etc.) frag on the map. Example: after the score 5:4, the score is 5:5, Team 2 wins.
11. Bets on the duration of a map in minutes will be settled with regard to the seconds that have passed in each minute of the game. So if the outcome “Duration Of The Map Over 27.5” is selected, the map needs to end after 27:30 for the bet to win – i.e. at 27:35, 27:44, etc. If the map ends at 27:15, the bet loses; and if the game ends at 27:30, the bet will be settled at odds of 1.
12. Bets on individual totals in Rainbow Six are accepted excluding overtime. If teams play overtime, then all bets will be settled according to the score of 6-6.

10.36 Olympic Games

1. The start of the first qualifying round shall be regarded as the start of the competition during the Olympic Games.
2. Bets on the number of medals will be settled based on the official medal count at the time the closing ceremony starts.
3. If an event is postponed, or its date or venue is changed, all bets will stand until the completion of the competition.
4. Match-Up bets. Both contenders (whether teams or players) must start for bets to stand. Should any contender retire in the course of an event for any reason, the opposing contender will be deemed the winner. Should both contenders fail to complete the competition, all match-up bets will be deemed void.

10.37 Winter Sports

1. The start of the first qualifying round shall be regarded as the start of a competition.
2. Match-up bets. Both contenders (whether teams or players) must start for bets to stand. Should any contender retire in the course of an event for any reason, the opposing contender will be deemed the winner. Should both contenders fail to complete the competition, all match-up bets will be deemed void.

10.38 Gaelic Football, Hurling

Gaelic football is related to football and rugby.

1. All bets on a match are settled on the result at the end of regular time (70 minutes of play consisting of two halves of 35 minutes each or 60 minutes of play consisting of two halves of 30 minutes each). A match must be completed for bets to stand, except for those markets which had already been determined at the time the match was stopped.
2. All bets are settled on the final score of a match. The scoring system is as follows:
   A goal is worth 3 points (when the ball is struck into the net below the crossbar).
   A point is worth 1 point (when the ball goes over the crossbar).
   The goals in Gaelic football are similar to those in football, with the posts rising above the net.

For example, the score for Team 1 was 0-12 (where 0 is the number of goals and 12 is the number of points scored), while the score for Team 2 was 2-5 (where 2 is the number of goals and 5 is the number of points scored. This totals 2×3+5 = 11 points overall). The combined score of the match was therefore 12-11 and Team 1 wins.

10.39 Futsal 4×4

1. It is obligatory for both goals to be equipped with a net. The absence of court marking (either full or partial) cannot be considered as grounds to cancel a match.
2. Matches feature 2 teams of no more than 4 players each.
3. The number of substitutions. Teams are allowed to make an unlimited number of substitutions. Players who have been substituted may later re-enter the field of play.
4. If there are more than 4 players from either team on the pitch at any one time, the last player(s) to enter the field of play will receive a yellow card.
5. Matches last for 2 13-minute halves (running or actual playing time).
6. If the ball touches a player from the opposing team and goes into the net from a throw-in, it counts as a goal.
7. The winning team. The team who scores the most goals in a match is deemed to be the winner. If both teams either score an equal number of goals, or no goals are scored, the match ends in a draw.
8. Players are sent off for 2 minutes if they receive a red card. Once this time has passed, they must be replaced by another player.
9. A free-kick is awarded to the opposing team in the event that a player commits any of the following six infringements and the referee deems their actions to be either careless, reckless or excessively aggressive: kicking/attempting to kick an opponent, tripping/attempting to trip an opponent, stamping on an opponent, hitting/attempting to hit an opponent with their hand, pushing an opponent or a tackle, where there’s contact. Free-kicks are awarded from where the infringement in question took place.
10. A penalty (a shot at an open goal from the half-way line) is awarded to the opposing team if a team commits 3 fouls in a half (the penalty will be awarded after the 4th foul) or if a player handles the ball in the penalty area.
11. The penalty area has a radius of 50 cm. Players defending a goal, except for the goalkeeper, cannot use their hands. No more than one player can be in the penalty area at any time.

10.40 RANDOM LEAGUE

1. 2 teams take part in each match.
2. There are two different colored dice – one for each team.
3. The presenter rolls the 2 dice.
4. After each dice roll, the team whose die shows the highest number gets 1 point. If the points on the dice are equal then the dice are rolled again. 
5. Bets are settled according to the rules of the sports stated in the bet slip.
6. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds on the different places, etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. Should any software failures occur, the game may be interrupted, then all unsettled bets will be refunded.

10.41 eSports Football (FIFA)

eSports Football involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a football simulator).
Bets are accepted on the UEFA Champions League and the UEFA Europa League.

1. All bets are settled after an event ends.
2. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
3. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
4. Bets on football are accepted on regular time.
5. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Bets on the UEFA Champions League are accepted both in pre-match and Live. All eSports Football matches are streamed online.
7. The following markets are available (regular time)

• Win;
• Double Chance;
• Handicap;
• Total (Over/Under);
• Team Total (Over/Under);
• Total (Even/Odd);
• Correct Score;
• Next Goal.

10.42 Counter-Strike

1. Counter-Strike involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a simulator).
2. Bets are accepted on a battle between two teams. A single match is played up to 11 victories (the maximum number of rounds is 21).
3. All bets are settled after a match ends.
4. A single round lasts exactly two minutes. No act performed after the expiration of this period will count for betting purposes.
5. Counter Terrorists win the round if no bomb has been planted on a bomb defusal map during the above-mentioned time period.
6. Terrorists win the round if no hostage has been rescued on a hostage rescue map during the above-mentioned time period.
7. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
8. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
9. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
10. “Bomb Planted – Yes/No”. It does not matter when a bomb is planted during the round, whether before or after all counter terrorists have been killed. Only the planting of the bomb itself matters.
11. W1 and W2 in a round will be settled as follows if a bomb is planted:
    • if the bomb is defused in the round, the bet W1 will win and the bet W2 will lose;
    • if the bomb explodes in the round, the bet W1 will lose and the bet W2 will win.
12. Bets on teams are only accepted LIVE. All matches are streamed online.
13. The following markets are available:
    • Win;
    • Handicap;
    • Total (Over/Under);
    • Team Total (Over/Under);
    • Bomb Planted;
    • Win In Round;
    • Total In Round;
    • Handicap In Round;
    • Total Headshots In Round;
    • Individual Total Frags In Round;
    • Total Frags In Round (Even/Odd);
    • Method Of Win In Round;
    • Round Duration;
    • Bomb Defused;
    • First Frag* In Round – Team;
    • Suicide*** In Round;
    • Total Headshots** In Round;
    • Win To Nil In Round.
      A frag* means a point scored for killing an opponent (i.e. if an opposing team member dies for any reason, excluding death by a bomb explosion or suicide).
      A headshot** means a shot to the head.
      A suicide*** means death caused by falling from a height, death by a bomb explosion.

10.43 eSports Ice Hockey

eSports Ice Hockey involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (an ice hockey simulator).
Bets are accepted on the Stanley Cup.

1. All bets are settled after an event ends.
2. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
3. Stake limits may be changed by the bookmaker without prior notice.
4. Bets are accepted on regular time.
5. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Bets are accepted before the start of a match and during the course of a match (Live bets). All eSports Ice Hockey matches are streamed online.
7. The following markets are available (regular time):
   • Win;
   • Double Chance;
   • Handicap;
   • Total (Over/Under);
   • Win in the match (Team Wins);
   • Will There Be Overtime? – Yes/No.

10.44 eSports Martial Arts UFC

Ultimate Fighting Championship is a type of mixed martial arts. UFC involves the streaming of a multiplayer game.

1. All bets are settled after an event ends.
2. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
3. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
4. Bets are accepted on regular time.
5. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.

Types of victory for betting purposes:

• A submission means defeating an opponent by using a painful hold.
• A knockout (KO) is when a fighter loses consciousness after a legal blow. (For the UFC2 BantamWeight and the UFC2 LightWeight, win by KO / TKO is considered as a knockout).
• Points victory.
• A technical knockout (ТКО) occurs when a third party stops the bout when it is judged that one fighter is not able to continue. Technical knockouts fall into three categories:
  • Referee Stoppage, when the referee decides that a fighter is no longer able to defend themselves intelligently.
  • Ringside Physician Stoppage, when the physician present at the ringside decides that further combat may put a fighter’s life and health in jeopardy.
  • Corner Stoppage, when a fighter’s corner second signals for a stoppage.

The following markets are available:

• Win;
• Method Of Win (Points Victory, KO Victory, TKO Victory, Victory By Submission);
• Method Of Fighter’s Win (Points Victory, KO Victory, TKO Victory, Victory By Submission);
• Totals (Number Of Knockdowns Over/Under, Number Of Takedowns Over/Under).

10.45 Bet Constructor

1. Bet Constructor is a game where the Customer chooses line-ups for two virtual teams from players (or teams) participating in real matches. The Customer then places bets based on the performances of those players (or teams). Bets are settled based on the total number of sets (goals) won (scored) by the virtual teams’ players in their respective real matches.
2. Virtual teams must be formed under the following rules:
   • 1) Opponents in a real match may not be on the same virtual team;
   • 2) A player can only be included in one virtual team;
   • 3) Each player can be picked for a virtual team only once;
   • 4) From 1 to 5 players participating in real matches may be chosen for each virtual team; and the number of players in the teams may vary;
   • 5) Virtual teams may include players from Doubles matches;
   • 6) Virtual teams may include tennis players, as well as football and ice hockey teams.
3. In order to determine the outcomes on available markets, the number of sets (goals) won (scored) by each member of a virtual team in their respective real match in regular time is added up.
4. The following markets are available:
   • 1) Match Result
   • 2) Match Result including Handicap
   • 3) Match Total
5. Only single bets are available in Bet Constructor.
6. If the start of a match is delayed or if a match is postponed for any reason, all bets will stand until the end of the match or the end of the tournament in which it is a part.
7. Bets will be settled after all real matches from which the virtual teams’ members have been chosen are completed. If one or several real matches are abandoned due to a player’s withdrawal or disqualification, all bets placed on virtual teams will be canceled, except for those markets which have already been unconditionally determined.
8. Bets on the “Total” and “Handicap” markets are settled as “Total Sets” and “Sets Handicap” bets in tennis matches.

10.46 eSports Basketball

1. eSports Basketball involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a basketball simulator).
2. All bets are settled after an event ends.
3. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All eSports Basketball matches are streamed online.
7. The following markets are available (regular time):
   • Win;
   • Handicap;
   • Total (Over/Under);
   • Total (Even/Odd);
   • Individual Totals (Over/Under);
   • How Many Points Will Team Score;
   • Exact Points Difference;
   • Exact Number Of Points;
   • Team (Result + Total).
8. The following markets are available (including overtime):
   • Team Wins.

10.47 eSports Basketball (3×3 and 1×1)

eSports Basketball (3×3 and 1×1) involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a basketball simulator). The two teams shoot into the same hoop until they reach 11 points. If they get to 11 points and the point difference between the teams is less than 2 points, extra periods are played. The game continues until there is more than 1 point difference between the teams.

1. All bets are settled after an event ends.
2. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
3. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
4. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
5. Bets are accepted Live. All the series are streamed Online. 
6. Available markets: 

• Win;
• Handicap;
• Total (Over/Under);
• Total (Odd, Even);
• Player Will Score More Than 11 Points (Yes/No);
• Individual Totals (Over/Under).

10.48 eSports Basketball. NBA 2K18

1. Generalized type of bets on the matches presented in the “eSports Basketball. NBA 2K18″section. There are three stages in the tournament:
   • The group stage of the Eastern Conference – the teams play at home and away.
   • The group stage of the Western Conference – the teams play at home and away.
   • Playoffs – Four teams from each division play in the semi-finals and the finals of their divisions. Then the winners of the finals meet in the grand final, and the losers – in the match for third place.
2. Scoring in the group:
   • For win – 2 points.
   • For defeat – 1 point.
3. When allocating places in a group, the following team stats are taken into account in order of priority:
   • Points (the more, the higher).
   • Wins in regular time (the more, the higher).
   • Defeats in regular time (the smaller, the higher).
4. All bets are settled after an event ends.
5. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
6. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
8. Bets are accepted before the start of a tournament as well as during the course of a tournament.
9. If a match is canceled and the outcome of this match does not affect the outcome of the tournament, no stakes are refunded.

The following tournament markets are available:

• Who Will Win? – Yes/No (group stage)
• To Take From 1st To 2nd Place – Yes/No (group stage)
• To Take From 1st To 3rd Place (group stage)
• To Qualify For The Next Round (group stage)
• Who Will Win? (playoffs, tournament result)
• To Take From 1st To 2nd Place (playoffs, tournament result)
• To Take From 1st To 3rd Place (playoffs, tournament result) 

10.49 World of Tanks

World of Tanks involves the streaming of a multiplayer game.

1. All bets are settled after an event ends.
2. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
3. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
4. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
5. In the event of unsportsmanlike conduct that influences the outcome of the battle such as complete inaction of allies or a team kill, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void and settle at odds of 1 (stakes will be refunded).
6. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All matches are streamed online.
7. A team which has destroyed all the vehicles of the opposing team or captured the opposing team’s base is declared the winner.
8. If, at the end of a match, both bases are captured or neither team has destroyed all the vehicles of the opposing team in the available time, a draw is declared.
9. Bets are accepted on a random battle in the multiplayer online game “World of Tanks”, team members are chosen at random.
10. The number of points scored by each team equates to the number of the opposing team’s vehicles destroyed in any manner.

The following markets are available:

• Win;
• Handicap;
• Total (based on the score);
• Capture The Base.

10.50 eSports Tennis

eSports Tennis involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a tennis simulator).

1. All bets are settled after an event ends.
2. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
3. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
4. A match consists of one set.
5. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All eSports Tennis matches are streamed online.
7. The following markets are available. Handicap and total bets are settled on games.

• Win;
• Handicap;
• Total (Over/Under);
• Individual Totals (Over/Under);
• Correct Score;
• Total Even/Odd;
• Win In The Game.

10.51 Dota 2

1. Dota 2 involves the streaming of a multiplayer game.
2. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
3. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All matches are streamed online.
4. The winner of a map or the winner of a match is declared once the throne or nexus of the opposing team has fallen.
5. A match shall be deemed abandoned if it lasts less than 15 minutes.
6. A match shall be deemed abandoned if one of the players quits the game before 15 minutes have elapsed. 
7. A match shall be deemed abandoned if one of the players goes offline before 15 minutes have elapsed and later quits the game altogether.
8. A match shall be deemed abandoned if one of the players becomes inactive in the first 15 minutes of the game and it is later declared that the player left the game within the first 20 minutes.
9. Should one or several players quit the game before its completion, but after 15 minutes of play have elapsed, stakes will not be refunded. Bets on the match will be settled in any case.
10. A random match is streamed online. Real random players participate.

The following markets are available:

• W1 and W2 – a team which has destroyed the opposing team’s throne is declared the winner;
• Total Frags Over/Under – the combined number of frags by both teams at the end of a match;
• Frags, Race To – the team which first reaches the specified number of frags wins;
• Who Will Beat Roshan – the Customer should predict which team will be the first to beat Roshan;
• First Blood– the Customer should predict which team will be the first to frag;
• Will Hero Be Picked. Bets are settled after all picks have been made (10 heroes);
• Tower Falling Up To () Seconds / After () Seconds – bets are settled after the first tower is destroyed, provided that the match has not been abandoned;
• Radiant / Dire To Take First Tower – bets are settled after the first tower is taken down provided that the match has not been abandoned. The team which loses the tower first shall be deemed defeated.

10.52 Worms

1. Worms involves the streaming of a multiplayer turn based game (a simulator).
2. Two teams consisting of four worms each take alternate turns to use various weapons against each other.
3. The goal is to destroy the opposing team. 
4. Bets are accepted on a battle between two teams. A match continues until one of the teams wins.
5. All bets are settled after an event ends.
6. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
7. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
8. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
9. Bets on the handicap, total and correct score markets are settled subject to the number of frags scored by the worms.
10. A team which has at least one worm alive wins if all the worms on the opposing team have been killed.
11. Should the last living worms on both teams die in the same turn, the game ends in a draw.

The following markets are available: 

• Win;
• Handicap;
• Total (Over/Under);
• Total (Even/Odd);
• Correct Score.

10.53 eSports. Martial Arts. WWE

World Wrestling Entertainment involves the streaming of a professional wrestling simulator. 

1. All bets are settled after an event ends.
2. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
3. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
4. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
5. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All WWE matches are streamed online.
6. A wrestling ring is a raised platform fenced off by ropes.

The following markets are available:

• Win. The wrestler who takes the championship belt or the case with money hoisted above the ring is declared the winner.
• Item Will Be Taken – Yes/No. Will an item be taken from under the ring.
• Fight On A Ladder – Yes/No. The first blow on the ladder counts, provided that both wrestlers are on the ladder and it is placed inside the ring.
• Table Will Be Broken – Yes/No. The table is considered to be broken if it breaks into pieces. No table is considered to be broken if its legs are folded down. A broken table taken from under the ring will not count.
• Second Ladder Will Be Taken – Yes/No. There are two ladders in the ring. A ladder which has been thrown into the ring more than once is regarded as one ladder.
• Steps Will Be Broken – Yes/No. The steps in the corners of the ring must be completely broken for this bet to be valid.

10.54 eSports Cricket

1. FIVE 5 matches (eSports Cricket) consist of one innings with each team bowling maximum five overs. One over consists of six deliveries. 
2. Before a match begins, a draw (toss) is held and the winning team decides whether to bat or to field first.
3. The team which bats first attempts to score runs over the course of five complete overs. Then the opposing team bats until they score more runs than their opponents or until five overs of six deliveries each have been played.
4. The team which has scored more runs is deemed the winner. If both teams have scored an equal number of runs, the team which has lost fewer wickets (i.e. has had fewer batsmen dismissed) is deemed the winner. If both teams have an equal number of runs and an equal number of wickets lost, the match ends in a draw.
5. When bets on totals in the match, team totals, totals in overs and totals per delivery are settled, the number of runs scored by the teams counts, including any extras.
6. Bets on the “Total Fours” market are settled subject to the number of deliveries from which a team scores exactly four runs excluding extras. Four runs can be scored either when the ball reaches the perimeter of the field having hit the ground at least once (and thus having not been caught by the fielding team) or when batsmen score four runs while the ball is in play.
7. Bets on the “Total Sixes” market are settled subject to the number of deliveries from which a team scores exactly six runs excluding extras. Sixes can be scored either when a ball is hit over the field boundary by a batsman without the ball touching the ground or when batsmen score six runs while the ball is in play.
8. When bets on the “Highest Opening Partnership” market are settled, runs scored (excluding extras) before the first batsman is dismissed will count. Should no batsman be dismissed, the result of the respective team’s opening partnership will be the total number of runs scored by the team excluding extras.
9. All bets are settled after an event ends. 
10. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
11. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
12. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.

10.55 Mortal Kombat X

1. Mortal Kombat X involves the streaming of a multiplayer game.
2. Bets are made on a match between two fighters. A match continues up to five wins, hence the maximum number of rounds is nine.
3. All bets are settled after an event ends.
4. The fighter who kills their opponent is deemed the winner.
5. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
6. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. 
8. Bets on fighters are accepted only LIVE. The game is streamed online.
9. The following markets are available
   • In the round:
     • Win In Round;
     • Round Duration* (Over/Under);
     • Flawless Victory In Round – a flawless victory is where the winner has not sustained any damage from their opponent or any self-inflicted damage (sometimes a fighter may injure themselves while carrying out a particularly brutal attack). The phrase “Flawless Victory” at the end of the stream indicates that a flawless victory has been achieved by the winner;
     • Type Of Finishing Move: Brutality, Fatality, or none (a Faction Kill is regarded as a Fatality).
       * Duration of the round means the number of seconds which have elapsed since the fight started. This number is calculated by deducting the number at which the timer stops from 90 seconds (the standard number on the timer at the start). For example, if the countdown stops at 74, the duration of the round is 90-74=16 seconds.
   • In the tournament:
     • Win In The Tournament;
     • Total (Over/Under);
     • Fighter’s Individual Total (Over/Under);
     • Total Finishing Moves By Types (Over/Under).

10.56 eSports Handball

1. eSports Handball involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a handball simulator).
2. All bets are settled after an event ends.
3. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. Bets are accepted on regular time.
6. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
7. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All eSports Handball matches are streamed online.
8. The following markets are available (regular time):

• Win;
• Handicap;
• Total (Over/Under);
• Individual total (over, under);
• Total Even/Odd;
• Double Chance.

10.57 Rowing, Sailing

1. Rowing. All bets will stand regardless of which team or rower participates.
   If a competition is canceled, all bets will be deemed void except for those markets which have already been determined. The winners are determined based on the official result, disregarding any subsequent disqualifications. If there is no podium presentation, the official published results will be used.
2. America’s Cup Regatta. All bets will stand regardless of which team/sailor participates. The winners are determined based on the official result, disregarding any subsequent disqualifications. If there is no podium presentation, the official published results will be used.
   Victory In The Regatta. In the event of a race starting but not being completed, the player/team progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory will be deemed the winner for settlement purposes.
3. Sailing. All bets will stand regardless of which team/sailor participates. The winners are determined based on the official result, disregarding any subsequent disqualifications. If there is no podium presentation, the official published results will be used. If there is no prize award ceremony, bets will be settled subject to which sailor crosses the finishing line first.

10.58 Rocket League

1. Rocket League involves the streaming of a multiplayer arcade game.
2. Bets are accepted on Football, Basketball and Hockey.
3. A single match lasts five minutes. The team scoring the most goals is deemed the winner. When the teams score an equal number of goals, the match ends in a draw.
4. All bets are settled after an event ends.
5. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
6. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
8. Bets on Rocket League are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All matches are streamed online.
9. The following markets are available:

• Win, Draw;
• Double Chance;
• Handicap;
• Total (Over/Under);
• Team Total (Over/Under);
• Total (Even/Odd).

10.59 Battlefield

1. Battlefield involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a simulator).
2. Bets are accepted on a battle between two teams. A match continues until one team runs out of reinforcement tickets.
3. The duration of a single round is limited to three hours. Should neither team run out of reinforcement tickets in this time, the team with the highest score wins.
4. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
5. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
6. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
7. Bets on teams are only accepted LIVE. The game is streamed online.
8. The following markets are available:

• Win;
• Total (Over/Under) (the number of remaining tickets);
• Team Total (Over/Under);
• Total (Even/Odd);
• Race To Points.

10.60 Lottery

1. Unless otherwise stated, all bets are settled on the result of the main draw, excluding bonus balls.
2. Should a draw be delayed or postponed for more than 12 hours after the official scheduled start time for any reason, all bets will be deemed void.
3. The start time of a draw is displayed in the “Sports” section.
4. If the Customer is not able to watch a draw due to technical difficulties, but the result of said draw is posted on the official source, such a draw shall be deemed official.
5. The result may be viewed on the official website of the lottery draw in question.
6. The odds on different lotteries cannot be combined with each other, nor may they be combined with the odds on other events.

10.61 eSports Rugby

1. eSports Rugby involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a rugby simulator).
2. Bets are accepted on a traditional type of rugby where each team has 15 members.
3. All bets are settled after an event ends.
4. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
5. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
6. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
7. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All eSports Rugby matches are streamed online.
8. The following markets are available:

• Win;
• Double Chance;
• Total (Over/Under);
• Team Total (Over/Under).

10.62 eSports American Football

1. eSports American Football involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (an American football simulator).
2. Bets are accepted on traditional American football, where each team has 11 members.
3. All bets are settled after an event ends.
4. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
5. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
6. If a match ends in a draw in regular time, overtime takes place. In this case, all bets will be settled including overtime.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
8. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All eSports American football matches are streamed online.
9. The following markets are available:

• Win;
• Team Handicap;
• Total (Over/Under).

10.63 eSports Rally

1. eSports Rally involves the streaming of a rally simulator.
2. All bets are settled after an event ends.
3. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
5. The following markets are available:

• “Winner Of The Race”. The driver who takes 1st place in the final rankings will be deemed the winner.
• “Match-Ups”. The Customer should predict which of the two named drivers will finish higher in the final rankings.
• “To Be Higher (3Way)”. The Customer should predict which of the three named drivers will finish higher in the final rankings.
• “Finishing Position In The Race”. The Customer should predict which position the named driver will take in the final rankings.
• “In Top 3”. The Customer should predict whether the driver will finish in the Top 3 or not.

10.64 eSports Golf

1. eSports Golf involves the streaming of a golf simulator.
2. All bets are settled after an event ends.
3. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
5. Two players take part in a match and must play four holes each.
6. The player who completes all four holes in the fewest number of strokes is deemed the winner. If both players shoot an equal number of strokes, the match ends in a draw.
7. The player who shoots fewer strokes while completing a single hole will be deemed to have won that hole. If both players shoot an equal number of strokes, they will be deemed to have tied.
8. A par is assigned to each of the four holes. Par is the number of strokes that a player must make to complete the hole according to the rules. The par of each hole is shown in the table of results. The Customer may place bets on the “Total Over/Under Par” market.
9. The result of a match is determined according to the final statistics table. No issues with the game graphics will result in the cancellation of bets.

10.65 eSports Baseball

1. eSports Baseball involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a baseball simulator).
2. Bets are accepted on a traditional type of baseball where each team has nine members. 
3. All bets are settled after an event ends.
4. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
5. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
6. If a match ends in a draw in regular time (three innings), an extra inning takes place. In this case, all bets will be settled including extra innings.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
8. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All matches are streamed online.
9. The following markets are available:

• Win;
• Team Handicap;
• Total (Over/Under);
• Team Total.

10.66 Street Fighter V

1. Street Fighter V involves the streaming of a multiplayer game.
2. Bets are accepted on a match between two fighters. A match continues up to two victories; the maximum number of rounds is three.
3. All bets are settled after an event ends.
4. The fighter who has killed their opponent will be deemed the winner.
5. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
6. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
8.  Bets on fighters are only accepted LIVE. All matches are streamed online.
9. The following markets are available: 
   • In the round: 
     • Win In Round; 
     • Round Duration (Over/Under)*; 
     • “Win in Round – P” – the winner receives no damage from their opponent;   
     • Regular Win In Round (V)?
     • Type Of Finishing Move: EX (Enhanced Special Move), C (Charge Move), CA (Critical Art). The finishing move is displayed at the top of the screen near the timer.
       * Duration of the round means the number of seconds which have elapsed since the fight started. This number is calculated by deducting the number at which the timer stops from 99 seconds (the standard number on the timer at the start).
       For example, if the countdown stops at 59, the duration of this round will be 99-59=40 seconds.

10.67 Quake 4

1. Quake 4 involves the streaming of a multiplayer game. 
2. Deathmatch. A round lasts five minutes. The player who has killed the most opponents will be deemed the winner.
3. If the winner is impossible to determine at the end of a round (e.g. if the leading players have killed an equal number of opponents), an extra time period of two minutes is played. 
4. In extra time, the winner is determined in the same manner as in regular time (i.e. the player who has killed the most opponents).
5. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually. 
6. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice. 
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. 
8. Only LIVE bets are accepted. All matches are streamed online. 

The following markets are available: 

• Regular Time Winner;
• Winner Of The Match;
• Will There Be Overtime?
• Individual Total Frags.

10.68 Call of Duty

1. Call of Duty involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a simulator).
2. Bets are accepted on a battle of six players. A single match lasts six minutes.
3. All bets are settled after an event ends.
4. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
5. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
6. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
7. The “Winner” market. The winner is measured by most frags. If players are tied, the winner is determined by the fewest number of deaths.
8. Player Total – a player’s total number of frags.
9. The result is determined according to the table displayed during the course of streaming.
10. Only LIVE bets are accepted. All matches are streamed online.

10.69 HearthStone

1. HearthStone involves the streaming of a multiplayer game.
2. A match is deemed to have started as soon as both players draw their starting hands.
3. Casual matches are played until the first win.
4. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
5. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
6. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
7. If the final result of a match is impossible to determine, stakes are refunded. Bets on markets which have already been determined shall be settled.
8. The result of a casual match shall be determined based on streaming/videorecording.
9. The following markets are available:
   • Win – the winner is the player who destroys the enemy hero;
   • Total (Over/Under) – the number of the winner’s health points plus armor remaining at the end of a match;
   • Total Used Secrets – the number of “Secret” cards played by both players during a match;
   • Total Used Spells – the number of “Spell” cards played by both players during a match;
   • Total Minions Used – the number of “Minion” cards played by both players during a match;
   • Total Legendary Cards Laid on The Table – the number of legendary cards played by both players during a match (legendary cards are decorated with a dragon at the top).
   • Card Value X Laid on The Table – Yes/No – the Customer should predict whether a card of the stated value will be played during a match.
10. Should previously used cards (including legendary cards) be returned to the game board, these cards will not be taken into account a second time for settlement of the following markets: “Total Minions Used” and “Total Legendary Cards Laid on the Table”.
11. Minions called up by another minion will not be taken into account for the settlement of the “Total Minions Used” market.

10.70 eSports Lacrosse

1. eSports Lacrosse involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a lacrosse simulator).
2. All bets are settled after an event ends.
3. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. Bets are accepted on regular time excluding overtime.
6. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
7. Bets are accepted before the start of a match and during the match (Live bets). All eSports Lacrosse matches are streamed online.
8. The team with the highest score shall be deemed the winner. Should the scores of both teams be equal, the match ends in a draw and overtime takes place.
9. If a shot is made outside the penalty area, the team receives two points.
10. Bets on a half are settled after an event ends.
11. Available markets:

• Win;
• Double chance;
• Handicap;
• Total (over; under);
• Total (even; odd);
• Individual Total (Over/Under);
• Race To () Points.

10.71 Steep

1. Steep involves the streaming of a winter extreme sports simulator.
2. Four players take turns performing in each game.
3. Bets are accepted on each player in the following markets: points scored; and time taken for a player to complete the challenge. Bets are settled when the player has completed the challenge and after the event has ended.
4. The player with the highest score shall be deemed the winner of a tournament by score.
5. The player who completes the challenge fastest shall be deemed the winner of a tournament on time.
6. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
7. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
8. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
9. Only LIVE bets are accepted. Matches are streamed online.

 Available bets:

• Win In The Tournament By Points;
• Win In The Tournament On Time;
• Individual Total Scored Points (Over/Under);
• Individual Total Challenge Time (Over/Under);
• Total Scored Points (Over/Under);
• Total Challenge Time (Over/Under);
• Match-Ups By Points;
• Match-Ups By Challenge Time.

*Challenge Time is estimated as the period from leaving the starting line to crossing the finish line.

10.72 CrossFit Games

Bets are accepted on the winner. The list of sports included in the tournaments is published several hours before the Games start and may contain unusual sports. The CrossFit Games include competitions for male and female athletes, teams, and masters.

Should a particular athlete fail to participate in the tournament, bets on this athlete will be settled at odds of 1 (stakes will be refunded).

10.73 eSports Floorball

1. eSports Floorball involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a floorball simulator).
2. Bets are accepted on traditional floorball matches, where each team has six players.
3. All bets are settled after a match ends.
4. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
5. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
6. Bets are accepted on regular time.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
8. Bets are accepted before the start of a match and during a match (Live bets). All eSports Floorball matches are streamed online.
9. Available types of bets:

• Win;
• Team Handicap;
• Total (over; under);
• Team Total.

10.74 eSports Formula 1

1. eSports F1 involves the streaming of a Formula 1 simulator.
2. All bets are settled after the race ends.
3. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
5. Available markets:
   • “Winner Of The Race” – the Customer should predict which driver will take first place in the final rankings.
   • “Match-Ups” – the Customer should predict which of the named drivers will be higher in the final rankings.
   •  “Win Without Leaders” – the Customer should predict which driver will take first place in the final rankings excluding the two favorites.
   • “Top Driver in Team” – the Customer should predict which driver will be higher than their teammate.
   • “Finishing Position In The Race” – the Customer should predict the position of a driver in the final rankings.
   • “In Top 3” – the Customer should predict whether a driver will finish in the top 3.

10.75 eSports Angry Birds

1. eSports Angry Birds involves the streaming of a video game. The aim of the game is to hit the green pigs that appear on various structures by launching birds at them from a sling shot.
2. Bets are placed on a game consisting of 30 levels (maps). If a player loses a map, the game ends.
3. If a bet is placed on a specific level, but a player fails to reach it, this bet will be settled at odds of 1 (refund).
4. All bets are settled after a game ends.
5. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
6. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
8. Bets are accepted before the start of a match and during a match (Live bets). All games are streamed online.
9. Available markets:
   • Total Points (the number of points earned across all opened maps);
   • Total Stars (the number of stars earned across all opened maps);
   • Total Maps (the number of all completed maps);
   • Map, Total Points;
   • Map, Total Stars.

10.76 Injustice 2

1. Injustice 2 involves the streaming of a multiplayer game.
2. Bets are accepted on battles between two teams of three fighters. A match lasts up to two wins, with a maximum of three rounds.
3. All bets are settled after an event ends.
4. The team with the most victories shall be deemed the winner.
5. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
6. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
8. Only LIVE bets on fighters are accepted. Games are streamed online.
9. Available bets:
   • Win in round;
   • Win in tournament;
   • Total rounds.

10.77 Pesäpallo

1. Pesäpallo is a bat-and-ball game played in Finland.
2. Bets are accepted on regular time. Please visit http://www.pesis.fi for an overview of the game.

10.78 Tekken VII

1. Tekken is a stream of multiplayer game.
2. Bets are accepted on battles for two fighters. The game is played until 5 wins, max 9 single rounds.
3. All bets are settled on the result at the end of full time.
4. The winner is the player killed the opponent.
5. A maximum stake is determined for each event by the betting company.
6. A stake can be limited without any notification and giving reasons.
7. In case the company staff makes mistakes at bets accepting (obvious misprints in a betting list, odds mismatch between Sports line and a bet, etc.) or there are any evidences of unfair play, breach of the present Rules at bets accepting as well as other arguments confirming incorrectness of bets, the bookmakers company reserves the right to declare bets on such terms void.
8. Bets are accepted only in Live. All the matches are streamed Online.
9. Available bets:
   • On Round:
     • Win in round;
     • Round Duration (Over; Under);
   • On Tournament
     • Win in tournament;
     • Total (Over; Under);
     • Fighter’s total (Over/Under);
     • Fighter’s handicap (Over; Under);
     • Total Rounds (Odd, Even).

*Round duration means the number of seconds which have elapsed since the round started. This number is calculated by deducting the number at which the timer stops from 80 seconds (the standard number on the timer at the start).
For example, if the countdown stops at 54, the duration of the round is 80-54=26 seconds.

10.79 Special Bets

1. Weather specials. Applies to snow being recorded at the city’s main international airport weather station on 25th December 2017. In the case of cities with more than one international airport, the airport with the highest number of annual passengers will be used. www.wunderground.com must confirm the result by end January 2018.

10.80 Professional Wrestling

1. All bets are settled after the end of the competition based on the rules of the tournament. If the number of participants in the competition is changed, the bets remain in force.
2. Should additional wrestlers or teams take part into the tournament at any stage, all bets remain in force. Should nobody win the tournament or the winner is determined by drawing lots, all bets will be cancelled.
3. Should the match ends in a draw then bets will be settled at odds of 1 (in the absence of bets on a draw).
4. The bet “To appear in the ring”. The calculation is based on the broadcast of the main show. Wrestler, who is listed in the event, must enter the ring, but is not required to participate in the fight. In case of changing the number of matches, the schedule for the appearance of the participants, all bets on the appearance of a wrestler in the ring remain in force.
5. The bet “To Intervene in event”. Wrestler must intervene in the event (hand over the object, distract the judge etc.) in the period between the starting gong and the signal of the end of the fight. If the intervention occurs at another time, then the bet on this outcome bets will be settled at odds of 1. If the referred participant hits an additional participant or a team that prevents the match, the bets will be settled at odds of 1.
6. The bet “To Intervene in match”. The referred wrestler must hit the declared participant in the period between the starting gong and the signal of the end of the fight in this match, so that this action is taken into account. If the referred wrestler hits the declared opponent at any other time, then the bets on this outcome will be settled with the odds equal to “1”. If the referred wrestler intervenes in another match, it will not be taken into account in the bets on this outcome. If the referred wrestler hits an additional participant or a team that prevents the match, the bet on this outcome will be settled at odds of 1. If the referred match does not start, the bet on this outcome will be settled at odds of 1.
7. Any changes in the bet settlement will not be made due to any changes or corrections made by the managing organizations after the event.

10.81 Card Game “Durak”

1. Durak – is a popular card game between 2 players. Cards ranking in a deck of 36 cards: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, J, Q, K, A.
2. Glossary of Terms:
   • Trump: the trump suit is the most powerful, and beats other suits on the table.
   • Cards discarded is a situation when the player has beaten the attacking cards lying on the table.
   • Cards taken is a situation when the player is not able to beat the attacking cards lying on the table and he takes all the cards on the table.
   • A draw is declared if there are no more cards in the deck and all the cards are beaten. In this case, there are no winners or losers in the game.
3. The following markets are available:
   • Player 1 To Win /  Player 2 To Win / Draw (The player wins if he has not cards in his hand and his opponent is left with cards at the end of the game; a draw is declared if both players have not cards in their hands at the end of the game).
   • Total Rounds (The round begins when one of the players starts to attack, and ends with cards discarded or cards taken if the other player cannot beat the attacking cards).
   • Total Rounds Ending With Cards Taken (The rounds during which the player could not beat the cards lying on the table).
   • Total Rounds Ending With Cards Discarded (The rounds ending with cards discarded).
   • First Turn (The player with the lowest trump card is the first attacker; if neither player has a trump card yet then the Player 1 starts to attack).
   • Suit Of Trump.
   • Round (Cards Discarded / Cards Taken) – with what result the selected round will end.
   • Player To Hold 4 Cards Of The Same Rank (at any time during of the game).
   • Player’s Total Cards At The End Of The Game (the number of cards left in loser’s hand; if the game is over in a draw total equals to 0).
   • Who Will Take Last Card From Deck (the last card is a trump card laid face up on the table under the deck).
   • Last Card in Deck To Be Face Card Or Ace.
   • Who Will Draw Trump Ace from the Deck.
4. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.

10.82 Card Game

CARD GAME «21»

1. Card game «21» is an option of the classic game. At the start of a game, the player and the dealer receive two cards each by the following turn: player-dealer-player-dealer. If someone of them score 21 points with the first two cards, then the game is over and the points are compared. In other case the player has the right to take one card until they decide to stop, or they get 5 cards in the hand, or the total value of the hand is equal to 21, or they score more than 21 points (bust). If the player goes bust, they automatically lose. In all other cases, the dealer takes their turn. If the dealer scores less than 17 points and they get less than 5 cards, they must take additional cards. The dealer can stand if they score more points than the player. If the dealer goes over 21 points, then they lose. In all other cases the points scored by the player and the dealer are compared. The winner is the one who scored more points than their opponent, if the points of the rivals are equal, there is a draw. “21” is played with a standard 36-card deck. Cards ranking: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, J, Q, K, A. Value of cards according to their rank: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 2, 3, 4, 11. “Golden Point” is a winning combination when the player / the dealer holds in his hand two Aces (that are counted as 21).
2. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds on the different places etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. Should any software failures occur, the game may be interrupted, then all unsettled bets will be refunded.
3. The following markets are available:
   • Win
   • Total (Over; Under)
   • Individual Total (Over; Under)
   • 21 Points Will Be Scored (Yes/No)
   • Dealer/Player To Score 21 Points (Yes/No)
   • Will There Be “Golden Point” 
   • Player/Dealer To Receive “Golden Point” 
   • Bust (Yes/No)
   • Dealer/Player To Bust (Yes/No)
   • Game To Be Finished On Deal (Yes/No)
   • Dealer/Player To Get A Card (Suit)
   • Dealer/Player To Get A Card (Rank)
   • Dealer/Player To Get A Card

CLASSIC CARD GAME «21»

1. At the start of a game, the player and the dealer receive one card. The dealer’s card is placed face down on the table, that is, the value of the card is not visible. Then the player takes one card until they decide to stop, or they get 5 cards in the hand, or the total value of the hand is equal to 21, or they score more than 21 points (bust). If the player scores 21 points, they automatically win. If the player goes bust, they lose. In all other cases, the dealer takes their turn. They turn over their first card and take the additional cards. If the dealer scores less than 17 points and they get less than 5 cards, they must take additional cards. If the dealer goes over 21 points, then they lose. In all other cases the points scored by the player and the dealer are compared. The winner is the one who scored more points than their opponent, if the points of the rivals are equal, there is a draw. Classic “21” is played with a standard 36-card deck. Cards ranking: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, J, Q, K, A. Value of cards according to their rank: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 2, 3, 4, 11. There are two special combinations in the game that are counted as 21:
   • two Aces in the hand (“Golden Point”)
   • five picture cards (J, Q, K) in the hand (“Five Pictures”)
2. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds on the different places etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. Should any software failures occur, the game may be interrupted, then all unsettled bets will be refunded.
3. The following markets are available:
   • Win
   • Total (Over; Under)
   • Individual Total (Over; Under)
   • 21 Points Will Be Scored (Yes/No)
   • Dealer/Player To Score 21 Points (Yes/No)
   • Will There Be “Golden Point” 
   • Player/Dealer To Receive “Golden Point” 
   • “Five Pictures” (21 Points)
   • Player/Dealer To Have “Five Pictures” (21 Points)
   • Bust (Yes/No)
   • Dealer/Player To Bust (Yes/No)
   • Exact Number Of Cards
   • Dealer/Player To Get A Card (Suit)
   • Dealer/Player To Get A Card (Rank)

DOTA 21. UP TO 3 WINS

1. This game is played by Dota characters. Games consist of a number of rounds. If a player wins a round, they get 1 point. The game continues until one of the participants has scored 3 points. The rounds are played in accordance with the rules of the card game “21”.
2. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds on the different places, etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. Should any software failures occur, the game may be interrupted, then all unsettled bets will be refunded. 
3. The following markets are available: 
   • on the whole game:
     • Win 
     • Total Draws
     • Correct Score
     • Wins In A Row
   • on a round:
     • Win 
     • Total (Over; Under) 
     • Individual Total (Over; Under) 
     • 21 Points Will Be Scored (Yes/No) 
     • Dealer/Player To Score 21 Points (Yes/No) 
     • Will There Be “Golden Point”  
     • Player/Dealer To Receive “Golden Point”  
     • Bust (Yes/No) 
     • Dealer/Player To Bust (Yes/No) 
     • Game To Be Finished On Deal (Yes/No) 
     • Dealer/Player To Get A Card (Suit) 
     • Dealer/Player To Get A Card (Rank) 

10.83 StarCraft

1. StarCraft involves the streaming of a real-time strategy game. 2 teams compete against each other. All bets are settled after an event ends.
2. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
3. The team who has destroyed all opponent’s buildings will be deemed the winner.
4. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
5. The following markets are available:
   • W1/W2
   • Total Drones Of The Winner At The End Of The Match (called up units are not taken into account)
   • Total Units Of The Winner At The End Of The Match (called up units are not taken into account)
   • Total Buildings Of The Winner At The End Of The Match (annexes to the Terran’s buildings are not taken into account)
   • Duration Of The Match (the game time (!) at the moment of the destruction of the last building)
   • Unit Has Been Created (this market is available only in pre-match)
6. Before the match, units and buildings that are counted will be demonstrated. For the convenience of the players, the interface provides information about the current number of these units and buildings.
7. For clarity a stop frame with the final result is displayed at the end of the fight.

10.84 Disc Jam

1. Disc Jam is a stream of multiplayer game.
2. Bets are accepted on battles for two rivals. The game is played until 2 wins, max 3 sets.
3. All bets are settled on the result at the end of full time.
4. The winner is the player with the most number of wins.
5. A maximum stake is determined for each event by the betting company.
6. A stake can be limited without any notification and giving reasons.
7. In case the company staff makes mistakes at bets accepting (obvious misprints in a betting list, odds mismatch between Sports line and a bet, etc.) or there are any evidences of unfair play, breach of the present Rules at bets accepting as well as other arguments confirming incorrectness of bets, the bookmakers company reserves the right to declare bets on such terms void.
8. Bets are accepted only in Live. All the matches are streamed Online.
9. The following markets are available:

• Win In Set;
• Win In Tournament;
• Total Sets;
• Total Points During The Game;
• Win To Nil In One Of The Sets;
• Total Points In The Set;
• Minimum Total Points Per Goal In The Match;
• Maximum Total Points Per Goal In The Match.

10.85 League Of Legends (ARAM)

1. League of Legends (ARAM) involves the streaming of a multiplayer game.
2. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
3. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All matches are streamed online.
4. The winner of a map or the winner of a match is declared once nexus of the opposing team has fallen or the opposite team have given up.
5. Should one or several players quit the game before its completion, but after 10 minutes of play have elapsed, stakes will not be refunded. Bets on the match will be settled in any case.
6. A match shall be deemed abandoned if one of the players becomes inactive in the first 10 minutes of the game or goes offline before 10 minutes have elapsed.
7. A match shall be deemed abandoned if it lasts less than 10 minutes.
8. A random match is streamed online. Real random players participate.
9. THE FOLLOWING MARKETS ARE AVAILABLE:
   • W1 and W2;
   • Total Frags;
   • Team To Be The First To Destroy Inhibitor:
   • Total Even/Odd.

10.86 League of Legends (Classic mode)

1. League of Legends (Classic mode) involves the streaming of a multiplayer game.
2. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
3. Bets are accepted before the start of a match as well as during the course of a match (Live bets). All matches are streamed online.
4. The winner of a map or the winner of a match is declared once nexus of the opposing team has fallen or the opposite team have given up.
5. A match shall be deemed abandoned if it lasts less than 16 minutes.
6. A match shall be deemed abandoned if one of the players quits the game before 16 minutes have elapsed. 
7. A match shall be deemed abandoned if one of the players goes offline before 16 minutes have elapsed and later quits the game altogether.
8. A match shall be deemed abandoned if one of the players becomes inactive in the first 16 minutes of the game and it is later declared that the player left the game within the first 20 minutes.
9. Should one or several players quit the game before its completion, but after 16 minutes of play have elapsed, stakes will not be refunded. Bets on the match will be settled in any case.
10. A random match is streamed online. Real random players participate.
11. THE FOLLOWING MARKETS ARE AVAILABLE:
    • W1 and W2;
    • Total Frags;
    • Team To Be The First To Destroy Inhibitor; 
    • Total Even/Odd.

10.87 King Of Fighters

1. King Of Fighters involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a game between 2 players).
2. All bets are settled on the result at the end of full time.
3. The winner of the match is the player who wins 2 rounds.
4. The maximum number of rounds is 3. The maximum duration of the round is 60 seconds.
5.  A maximum stake is determined for each event by the betting company.
6.  A stake can be limited without any notification and giving reasons.
7. In case the company staff makes mistakes at bets accepting (obvious misprints in a betting list, odds mismatch between Sports line and a bet, etc.) or there are any evidences of unfair play, breach of the present Rules at bets accepting as well as other arguments confirming incorrectness of bets, the bookmakers company reserves the right to declare bets on such terms void.
8. Bets are accepted only in Live. All the matches are streamed Online.
9. The following markets are available:
   • Round Duration*;
   • Win In The Match;
   • Win In Round;

*Duration of the round means the time that players expend to determine the winner in the round. For example, if the fight stops when the countdown timer shows 25 seconds, the duration of this round will be 35 seconds (60-25=35).

10.88 Heroes Of Might And Magic III

1. Heroes of Might and Magic III involves the streaming of a multiplayer strategy game.
2. Glossary of terms
   • The creature is a fighting unit characterized by a unique set of in-game attributes and a distinctive appearance. The attributes are numerical characteristics of the ability of creatures to deal damage, defend themselves and also move to the battlefield. Integral attribute is a creature’s level: the higher the level, the more the squad of such creatures can influence the outcome of the fight. You can find more details about the creatures of the world of Might and Magic and a short attribute set, necessary to understand the bets calculation, in Table. 1.
   • The squad is a creature’s group on the battlefield. Attributes of the squad are depend on a type of the creature whose representatives are recruited into the squad and the number of warriors. The squad has the same set of attributes as well as the creatures forming the squad. The whole squad in a combat can be subjected to positive and negative magical influences, which affect the combat attributes and the squad strength. As soon as the strength of the squad drops to zero, it is considered to be destroyed.
   • The hero – a warlord capable of increasing the attributes of creatures on the battlefield and providing them with magical support. The hero controls 7 squads: one squad of creatures of each level.
3. Gameplay
   • The fight starts after the formation of squads on the battlefield. The bet “Who Will Take Part In The Fight” is settled after the fight beginning. The fight ends when all squads of one of the hero are destroyed. This hero is considered a loser. Other bets are settled after the fight ending.
   • There is a text translation in English in the lower part of the video stream.
4. The following markets are available:
   • Win In The Fight. The winner is the hero whose squads have destroyed all the rival’s squads.
   • Who Will Take Part In The Fight. The bet on a pair of creatures is considered to be a winning one if at least one creature from a pair has taken part in the battle at least on one side.
   • What Level Creature Will Survive. The bet is considered to be the winning one if the squad of the chosen level survives until the end of the fight.
   • How Many Squads Will Survive.  The bet is considered to be the winning one if the player has guessed the number of winner’s squads that will survive by the end of the fight.

10.89 eSports Table Tennis

E-Sports Table Tennis is a stream of multiplayer game (table tennis simulator).

1. All bets are settled on the result at the end of full time.
2. A maximum stake is determined for each event by the betting company.
3. A stake can be limit on a certain event without any notification and giving reasons.
4. Bets are accepted before an official event beginning and in Live. All the matches of E-Sports Table Tennis are streamed Online.
5. Set duration – up to 7 points; when there is an equal score then up to the difference of 2 points.
6. Game duration – bo3 (best of three — until 2 wins in sets).
7. In case of discrepancies between the score on the site and the score on the video, the bet is settled by video streaming.
8. The following markets are available:
   • Win;
   • HANDICAP;
   • Total (Over; Under);
   • Individual Total (Over; Under).
9. If any administrative or software-related errors are made while accepting‍ a bet (obvious misprints of odds, inconsistency of odds between the betting market and the bet, etc.) or if there are any other indications that the bet is wrong, the bookmaker reserves the right to declare such bets void.

10.90 eSports Pool

Tournament: Eight-ball pool.

1. E-Sports Pool is a stream of multiplayer game (pool simulator). 
2. Bets are accepted on a pool game for two rivals. The game is played until the win of one of the rivals.
3. All bets are settled on the result at the end of full time.
4. A maximum stake is determined for each event by the betting company.
5. A stake can be limited without any notification and giving reasons.
6. In case the company staff makes mistakes at bets accepting (obvious misprints in a betting list, odds mismatch between Sports line and a bet, etc.) or there are any evidences of unfair play, breach of the present Rules at bets accepting as well as other arguments confirming incorrectness of bets, the bookmakers company reserves the right to declare bets on such terms void.
7. Bets are accepted only in Live. All the matches are streamed Online.
8. Methods of win:
   • There are 4 ball types in the game: cue ball (white ball), solid-colored balls, striped balls and black (eighth) ball. The game ends when a black ball potted or jumped out of the table. Solid-colored and striped balls are given to opponents by the results of break shot.
   • Regular win is counted if a player pots a black (eighth) ball after potting all his seven object balls (solid-colored or striped).
   • Auto win is counted if a rival pots a black (eighth) ball before he pots all his seven object balls (solid-colored or striped), pots a black ball together with a white one or a black ball jumps out of the table.
9. The following markets are available:
   • Win.
   • Method Of Win.
   • One or More Balls Potted With Break Shot (That is true if one or more balls, except the white ball, potted with the first break shot. The next break shots are not counted).
   • Jumped Ball (That is true if one or more balls, except the white ball, jumped out of the table during the game).
   • Exact Number Of Unpotted Balls On The Table At The End Of The Game (without a white ball).

10.91 FlatOut4

1. FlatOut4 is a stream of multiplayer game.
2. Three players take turns performing in each game.
3. Bets on each player are accepted in the following categories: total points scored for 3 attempts, total points per attempt, comparison of players by points (over, under). Bets are settled when the player has completed the challenge and after the event has ended. 
4. The player with the highest score shall be deemed the winner by score.
5. A maximum stake is determined for each event by the betting company.
6. A stake can be limited without any notification and giving reasons.
7. In case the company staff makes mistakes at bets accepting (obvious misprints in a betting list, odds mismatch between Sports line and a bet, etc.) or there are any evidences of unfair play, breach of the present Rules at bets accepting as well as other arguments confirming incorrectness of bets, the bookmakers company reserves the right to declare bets on such terms void.
8. Bets are accepted only in Live. All the matches are streamed Online.
9. The following markets are available:
   • Individual Total Scored Points (Over; Under);
   • Total Scored Points (Over; Under);
   • Match-Ups By Points.

*Challenge Time is estimated as the period from the moment of the attempt start till the moment of its end.

10.92 ESPORTS ICE HOCKEY (Shootout)

1. eSports Ice Hockey (Shootout) involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (an ice hockey simulator). 
2. The game consists of a series of penalty shots which each team scores in turns. If the score is tied after 10 shots, additional shots are played until one team scores and the other doesn’t .
3. If the team has less than 5 shots and cannot reach the opponent, the match is interrupted (for example, the score is 2-0 and the number of shots 4-4).
4. All bets are settled after an event ends.
5. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
6. Stake limits may be changed by the bookmaker without prior notice.
7. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
8. Bets are accepted before the start of a match and during the course of a match (Live bets). All eSports Ice Hockey (Shootout) matches are streamed online.
9. The following markets are available
   • Win;
   • HANDICAP;
   • Total (Over/Under);
   • Total (Even/Odd);
   • Correct Score;
   • Individual Total (Over/Under).

10.93 Shooter PUBG

1. Shooter PUBG involves the streaming of a multiplayer game (a simulator).
2. Up to 100 people involve in the battle. 
3. Bets are accepted on a streamer. The game ends if a player kills all rivals or dies.
4. The maximum stake is determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
5. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
6. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
7. Bet “Player’s Position”: the final position that the player will take.
8. Bet “Total Player’s Frags”: the number of rivals that were killed by the streamer during the whole fight.
9. Only LIVE bets are accepted. Matches are streamed online.

10.94 Kok-boru

1. The object of the game is to grab the goat’s carcass (or the prop) and throw it into the “tai kazan” (gate) of the opponent the maximum number of times.
2. Gaming time: 3 periods of 20 minutes, break between periods is 10 minutes.
3. For violation of the rules, the player gets 2 minute penalty.
4. After placing the carcass in “tai kazan” and awarding the points for goal by the referee, the game begins from the field center.
5. A team that voluntarily discontinues the game and does not obey the decision of the chief referee is counted as defeated.
6. In case if after a break one of the teams deliberately plays for time and does not go on the field, then the other team has the right to continue the game without the participation of the opponent in the allotted time.
7. If the outcome of the match is a draw, then additional playing time (10 minutes) is given only in the semi-finals and finals. If the winner does not appear in extra time, then free throws are played – shootouts.
8. The game is served by a protocol commission approved by the Board of the Federation “Kok-boru”, which considers the requests and claims of the teams and decides whether to award a victory to either of the two teams in the disputed moments.

10.95 NBA Playgrounds

1. NBA Playgrounds is a stream of multiplayer game (basketball simulator). 
2. All bets are settled on the result at the end of full time. 
3. A maximum stake is determined for each event by the betting company. 
4. A stake can be limit on a certain event without any notification and giving reasons. 
5. Bets are accepted before an official event beginning and in Live. All the matches of NBA Playgrounds are streamed Online. 
6. Game duration is 5 minutes. If the score is tied, the match goes to an extra time (30 sec). Extra time can be awarded unlimited times.
7. The following markets are available:
   • Win; 
   • HANDICAP; 
   • Total (Over; Under); 
   • Individual Total (Over; Under). 
8. If any administrative or software-related errors are made while accepting‍ a bet (obvious misprints of odds, inconsistency of odds between the betting market and the bet, etc.) or if there are any other indications that the bet is wrong, the bookmaker reserves the right to declare such bets void. 

10.96 Seca

1. Seca is a card game, in which 2 opponents take part.
2. The goal of the game is to score more points than the opponent.  A deck of 36 cards from sixes to aces is used for the game.
   1. Three cards are dealt to each player. The winner is the player who scores the most points and, if there is a tie – draw.
   2. Value: ace – 11 points, cards from six to ten have a face value, jack, queen and king – 10 points
   3. If three cards of the same rank are drawn, the sum of points is equal to the sum of all cards. Example: a player has a jack of spades and eight spades – that’s 18 points. The sum of the points of any card combination that includes two aces is always 22, three aces is always 33 regardless of the suit of the aces. But the combination of ace of spades, ace of clubs and king of spades is 22 points, not 32.
   4. Six of clubs is considered a joker and plays with any card (combination) , the joker costs 11 points. Example: there are six clubs, ace of clubs and ace of spades cost 33 points.
   5. The strongest combination in the game is three sixes, one of which is six clubs, this combination gives 36 points. The strongest combination in the game is three sixes, one of which is six clubs, this combination gives 36 points.
3. In the event of staff error or software failure at the time of bet acceptance (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. 
4. The following markets are available:
   • win
   • total
   • Individual Total
   • Total Odd, Even
   •  Player1/Player2 To Score Total Points (Exact number of points)
   • Total Points Of Any Player(Exact number of points)
   • Each Player To Score (over/under/ yes/no)
   •  Player1/Player2 To Get Card/Suit/Rank
   •  One Of The Players To Get A Card

10.97 MARBLE FOOTBALL

1. Marble football involves the streaming of a marble football match.
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event.
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Both pre-match and Live bets are accepted. All Marble football matches are streamed online.
7. Rules:
   • A match consists of two halves.
   • A team receives a point for scoring a goal at either end of the pitch.
   • Total Team Points is equal to the number of goals scored in both halves.
8. Rules for determining a goal:
   • If a marble is in the goal area and has stopped moving, it counts as a goal.
   • If a marble enters the goal area and then leaves it, it does not count as a goal.
   • If a marble is on the goal line, it counts as a goal if most of the marble (relative to the center of the marble) has crossed the line.
   • Disputes related to determining a goal are resolved by the organizer of a competition. The final score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream.
9. Available bets on the whole match (bets are settled according to the final score of a match):
   • Win
   • Double Chance
   • Total Over/Under
   • Individual Total Over/Under
   • Handicap
   • Total Even/Odd
   • Individual Total Even/Odd
   • Both Teams To Score Yes/No
   • Score Draw Yes/No
   • Correct Score 
   • HT-FT
   • Scores In Each Half
   • Either Team To Win To Nil Yes/No
   • Team To Win To Nil Yes/No
   • Goals Scored In Both Halves Yes/No
   • Team To Win By Exactly One Goal Or To Draw Yes/No
   • Draw In At Least One Half Yes/No
   • Draw In Both Halves Yes/No
   • Each Team Will Score Over/Under – Yes/No
   • Total Goals In Interval
10. Available bets on a half (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant given half):
    • Win
    • Double Chance
    • Total Over/Under
    • Individual Total Over/Under
    • Handicap
    • Total Even/Odd
    • Individual Total Even/Odd
    • Both Teams To Score Yes/No
    • Score Draw Yes/No
    • Either Team Win To Nil Yes/No
    • Team To Win To Nil Yes/No
    • Team To Win By Exactly One Goal Or To Draw Yes/No

10.98 MARBLE BASKETBALL

1. Marble basketball is a stream of a game involving marbles.
2. All bets are settled after the end of the event.
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each market individually.
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. Should members of staff commit errors or should any software failures occur while bets are being accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in the odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and on the bet slip etc.), or should there be other indications of bets accepted incorrectly, the company is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Bets are accepted both pre-match and live. All marble basketball matches are streamed online.
7. Rules of the game:
   • Each match consists of four quarters.
   • The teams earn points by getting a marble into a basket.
   • Under each basket is a flag, which displays the number of points scored.
   • Each team’s points total is calculated by adding up all the points they have scored in all four quarters.
   • The team that scores the most points wins.
8. Rules on scoring a basket:
   • A basket is awarded if the marble enters the scoring zone.
   • Any disputes regarding the winner of a quarter are resolved by the competition organizer and the final score is displayed on the scoreboard.
9. The following markets are available and are settled based on the final score in the match:
   • Winner
   • Total (Over/Under)
   • Ind. Total (Over/Under)
   • Handicap
   • Total Out Balls (Over/Under)
   • Ind. Total Out Balls (Over/Under)
   • Total Points In Zone (Over/Under)
10. The following markets are available for individual quarters and are settled based on the score in that quarter:
    • Winner
    • Total (Over/Under)
    • Ind. Total (Over/Under)
    • Handicap
    • Total Out Balls (Over/Under)
    • Ind. Total Out Balls (Over/Under)
    • Total Points In Zone (Over/Under)

10.99 MARBLE GOLF

1. Marble golf involves the streaming of a marble golf match.
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event.
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Both pre-match and live bets are accepted. All Marble golf matches are streamed online.
7. Rules:
   • A match consists of three rounds.
   • A team receives points if their ball lands in the hole.
   • There is a flag above each hole, which shows both the number of the hole and the amount of points.
   • Teams’ points totals are equal to the number of points they’ve earned in all the rounds.
8. Rules to determine whether a ball has landed in a hole:
   • A team is awarded points if the ball goes into a hole.
   • In each round, up to 5 balls may land in the 5th hole. However, no more than 1 ball can land in any of the other holes.
   • Disputes regarding whether a ball has landed in a hole or not are resolved by the organizer of the relevant competition. The overall score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream.
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the relevant match):
   • Win
   • Double Chance
   • Total Over/Under
   • Individual Total Over/Under
   • Handicap
   • Total Even/Odd
   • Individual Total Even/Odd
   • No Draws To Occur Yes/No
   • Clear Victory Yes/No
   • Team To Win In Every Round Yes/No
   • Total Balls In A Hole
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant round):
    • Win
    • Double Chance
    • Total Over/Under
    • Individual Total Over/Under
    • Handicap
    • Total Even/Odd
    • Individual Total Even/Odd
    • Either Team To Win To Nil Yes/No
    • Team To Win To Nil Yes/No
    • Total Balls In A Hole

10.100 MARBLE SHOOTING

1. Marble shooting involves the streaming of a marble shooting match.
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event.
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Both pre-match and live bets are accepted. All Marble shooting matches are streamed online.
7. Rules:
   • A match consists of three rounds (stands).
   • A team is awarded points if their ball lands in any zone (each zone contains a marker which indicates how many points a team will receive if their ball lands in this zone).
   • Teams’ points totals are equal to the number of points they’ve earned at all stands.
   • Results refer to the first competitor’s performance. Therefore, “Three Wins -Yes” refers to the first competitor winning 3 times and “Three Defeats – Yes” refers to three wins for their opponent.
   • For bet settlement purposes, a number is only deemed to be even if it is divisible by 20. For example, 350 points will be considered to be an odd number as it cannot be divided by 20. 
8. Rules for determining whether a ball has landed in a zone:
   • A team is awarded points if their ball lands in a zone.
   • Some balls can be shot out of the playing zones. If this happens, these balls will not earn points in this round.
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the relevant match):
   • Win
   • Double Chance
   • Total Over/Under
   • Individual Total Over/Under
   • Handicap
   • Will A Ball Be Shot Out Of A Playing Zone? Yes/No
   • Will A Player Shoot A Ball Out Of A Playing Zone? Yes/No
   • Rounds Results
   • Draw In At Least One Round
   • Total Balls In A Zone
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant round):
    • Win
    • Double Chance
    • Total Over/Under
    • Individual Total Over/Under
    • Handicap
    • Total Even/Odd
    • Individual Total Even/Odd
    • Total Balls In a Zone
    • Will A Ball Be Shot Out Of A Playing Zone? Yes/No
    • Will A Player Shoot A Ball Out Of A Playing Zone? Yes/No

10.101 MARBLE FIDGET SPINNERS

1. Marble Fidget Spinners involves the streaming of a marble fidget spinners match.  
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event.  
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.  
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.  
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.  
6. Both pre-match and Live bets are accepted. All Marble Fidget Spinners matches are streamed online.  
7. Rules: 
   • A match consists of three rounds.
   • Teams receive a point for getting a ball into a hole.
   • The hole number and the number of points are indicated near each hole.
   • A team’s total points are equal to the number of points they earned in all the rounds.
8. Rules for determining whether a ball has gone into a hole:
   • The ball is counted as having gone in if it ends up inside a hole.
   • Disputes over whether a ball has gone into a hole are resolved by the competition organizer, and the final score is displayed on the scoreboard in the video stream.  
9. The following markets are available on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the match):
   • Win 
   • Double Chance  
   • Total Over/Under  
   • Individual Total Over/Under  
   • Handicap 
   • Total Even/Odd  
   • Individual Total Even/Odd  
   • Team To Win To Nil Yes/No  
   • Total Balls In Hole 
10. The following markets are available on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the given round):
    • Win 
    • Double Chance 
    • Total Over/Under  
    • Individual Total Over/Under 
    • Handicap 
    • Total Even/Odd  
    • Individual Total Even/Odd  
    • Team To Win To Nil Yes/No 
    • Total Balls In Hole 

10.102 MARBLE BILLIARDS

1. Marble Billiards involves the streaming of a marble billiards match.
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event.   
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.   
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.   
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip, etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.  
6. Both pre-match and live bets are accepted. All Marble Billiards matches are streamed online.
7. Rules: 
   • A match consists of two games. 
   • Teams receive one point for each potted ball.
   • The pockets are numbered from left to right: 1, 2 and 3 are the upper pockets, and 4, 5 and 6 are the lower ones.
   • A team’s total points are equal to the number of points they earned in both games.
8. Rules for determining whether a ball has been potted:
   • A ball is counted as having been potted if it ends up inside a pocket.
   • Disputes over whether a ball has been potted are resolved by the competition organizer, and the final score is displayed on the scoreboard in the video stream.
9. The following markets are available on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the match):
   • Win  
   • Double Chance   
   • Total Over/Under   
   • Individual Total Over/Under   
   • Handicap  
   • Total Even/Odd   
   • Individual Total Even/Odd 
   • Ball To Be Potted In A Corner Pocket  Yes/No
   • Ball To Be Potted In A Central Pocket Yes/No
   • Team To Win To Nil Yes/No  
   • Number Of Balls In A Pocket
10. The following markets are available on a game (bets are settled according to the score of the given game):
    • Win  
    • Double Chance 
    • Total Over/Under   
    • Individual Total Over/Under  
    • Handicap  
    • Total Even/Odd   
    • Individual Total Even/Odd   
    • Ball To Be Potted In A Corner Pocket  Yes/No
    • Ball To Be Potted In A Central Pocket Yes/No
    • Team To Win To Nil Yes/No  
    • Number Of Balls In A Pocket

10.103 MARBLE CURLING

1. Marble Curling involves the streaming of a marble curling match.  
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event.   
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.   
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.   
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.  
6. Both pre-match and Live bets are accepted. All Marble Curling matches are streamed online.  
7. Rules: 
   • Matches last until a team wins 3 times.
   • Teams get a point for each end they win.
   • Teams aren’t awarded any points in the event of a draw.
   • Teams’ total points are equal to the number of points which they have earned in all ends.
8. The winner of an end is determined according to the following rules:
   • The playing area (house) is indicated by the outer circle of the target.
   • Stones which are knocked out of the house are not taken into account when determining the winner of an end.
   • The house is divided into 4 zones.
   • The team whose stones lands closest to the button will be deemed to be the winner of an end:
     • The distance to the button is measured in zones.
     • If both teams’ stones land in the same zone, the team with the most stones in this zone wins.
     • If both teams have an equal number of stones in a zone, the end will result a draw.
   • Disputes regarding the winner of an end are resolved by the organizer of the relevant competition. The overall score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream.
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the relevant match):
   • Win
   • Total Ends (Over/Under)
   • Correct Score
10. The following bets can be placed on an end (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant end): 
    • To Win End
    • Total Stones In House In End (Over/Under)

10.104 MARBLE COLLISION

1. Marble Collision involves the streaming of a marble collision match.   
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event.    
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.    
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.  
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.   
6. Both pre-match and Live bets are accepted. All Marble Collision matches are streamed online.  
7. Rules:
   • A match consists of three rounds.  
   • Teams get points if their ball lands in chutes in the playing zones. 
   • Teams’ points totals are equal to the number of points they’ve earned at all rounds. 
8. The winner of an round is determined according to the following rules: 
   • The playing area is divided into 5 zones. 
   • If a team’s ball lands in the zero (red) zone, the team doesn’t get points.
   • 4 zones include 6 chutes with numbers corresponding to the number of points which will be awarded for getting into them. These zones are numbered from left to right: 1, 2 – upper, 3, 4 – lower.
   • Teams’ total points for one round are equal to the number of points which they have earned in all zones. 
   • Disputes regarding the winner of a round are resolved by the organizer of the relevant competition. The overall score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream. 
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the relevant match): 
   • Win
   • Double Chance    
   • Total Over/Under  
   • Individual Total Over/Under    
   • Total Even/Odd   
   • Individual Total Even/Odd 
   • No Draws To Occur Yes/No 
   • Either Team To Win A Number Of Rounds
   • Total Points In Zone
   • Number Of Balls In A Playing Zone
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant round): 
    • Win
    • Double Chance    
    • Total Over/Under  
    • Individual Total Over/Under    
    • Total Even/Odd   
    • Individual Total Even/Odd 
    • Total Points In Zone

10.105 MARBLE WAVES

1. Marble Waves involves the streaming of a marble waves match.   
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event. 
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually. 
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice. 
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. 
6. Both pre-match and live bets are accepted. All Marble waves matches are streamed online. 
7. Rules: 
   • A match consists of two rounds. 
   • A team receives points if their ball lands in the chute (wave). 
   • There is a number near each wave, which shows both the number of the wave and the amount of points. 
   • Teams’ points totals are equal to the number of points they’ve earned in all the rounds. 
8. The winner of a round is determined according to the following rules: 
   • A team is awarded points if their ball is inside a chute. 
   • The team earned the most number of points will be deemed to be the winner.
   • Disputes regarding the winner of a round are resolved by the organizer of the relevant competition. The overall score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream. 
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the relevant match):  
   • Win
   • Double Chance    
   • Total Over/Under  
   • Individual Total Over/Under    
   • Handicap   
   • Total Even/Odd    
   • Individual Total Even/Odd  
   • No Draws To Occur Yes/No 
   • Either Team To Win A Number Of Rounds
   • Balls On Wave
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant round): 
    • Win 
    • Double Chance  
    • Total Over/Under    
    • Individual Total Over/Under    
    • Handicap   
    • Total Even/Odd  
    • Individual Total Even/Odd  
    • Balls On Wave

10.106 MARBLE ROUND TARGET

1. Marble round target involves the streaming of a marble round target match. 
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event. 
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually. 
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice. 
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. 
6. Both pre-match and live bets are accepted. All Marble round target matches are streamed online. 
7. Rules: 
   • A match consists of three rounds.
   • A team is awarded points if their ball lands in zones inside the target. 
   • A team is lost points if their ball lands in zones outside the target. 
   • There is a number into each zone, which shows the amount of points that a team gets or loses if their ball lands into this zone. 
   • A team’s total points are equal to the number of points they earned in all the rounds. 
8. The winner of a round is determined according to the following rules: 
   • A team is awarded points if their ball is inside a zone.  
   • The team earned the most number of points will be deemed to be the winner. 
   • Disputes regarding the winner of a round are resolved by the organizer of the relevant competition. The overall score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream.  
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the relevant match):  
   • Win 
   • Double Chance   
   • Total Over/Under   
   • Individual Total Over/Under  
   • Handicap  
   • Total Even/Odd    
   • Individual Total Even/Odd  
   • No Draws To Occur Yes/No  
   • Team 1 To Win A Number Of Rounds (3)
   • Team 2 To Win A Number Of Rounds (3)
   • Total Balls In A Zone 
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant round): 
    • Win 
    • Double Chance 
    • Total Over/Under 
    • Individual Total Over/Under 
    • Handicap 
    • Total Even/Odd 
    • Individual Total Even/Odd 
    • Total Balls In a Zone 

10.107 MARBLE SLIDES

1. Marble slides involves the streaming of a marble slides match. 
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event. 
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually. 
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice. 
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void. 
6. Both pre-match and live bets are accepted. All Marble slides matches are streamed online. 
7. Rules: 
   • A match consists of two rounds.
   • A team is awarded points if their ball lands in zones. 
   • The number of points that a team gets corresponds to the zone number. 
   • A team’s total points are equal to the number of points they earned in all the rounds. 
8. The winner of a round is determined according to the following rules: 
   • The team earned the most number of points will be deemed to be the winner. 
   • Disputes regarding the winner of a round are resolved by the organizer of the relevant competition. The overall score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream. 
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the relevant match):  
   • Win  
   • Double Chance 
   • Total Over/Under   
   • Individual Total Over/Under   
   • Handicap  
   • Total Even/Odd   
   • Individual Total Even/Odd   
   • No Draws To Occur Yes/No 
   • Team 1 To Win A Number Of Rounds (2)
   • Team 2 To Win A Number Of Rounds (2)
   • Total Balls In a Zone 
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant round): 
    • Win  
    • Double Chance 
    • Total Over/Under 
    • Individual Total Over/Under 
    • Handicap 
    • Total Even/Odd 
    • Individual Total Even/Odd 
    • Total Balls In a Zone 

10.108 MARBLE RACE

1. Marble Race involves the streaming of a marble curling match.   
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event. 
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.   
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.   
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.  
6. Both pre-match and Live bets are accepted. All Marble Race matches are streamed online.  
7. Rules:
   • A match consists of two rounds. 
   • During a round, the balls of each team push along a weight with a pointer.
   • Teams receive points for the distance covered.
   • The pointer indicates on the measurement line the distance that is covered by each team.
   • Fractional numbers are always rounded down.
   • Teams’ points totals are equal to the number of points they’ve earned in all the rounds.
8. The winner of a round is determined according to the following rules: 
   • The team earned the most number of points will be deemed to be the winner.
   • Disputes regarding the winner of a round are resolved by the organizer of the relevant competition. The overall score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream. 
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the relevant match): 
   • Win
   • Double Chance 
   • Total Over/Under 
   • Individual Total Over/Under 
   • Handicap  
   • Total Even/Odd 
   • Individual Total Even/Odd 
   • No Draws To Occur Yes/No 
   • Team (..) To Win A Number Of Rounds (2)
   • Team To Finish In Green Zone Yes/No
   • Team To Finish In Yellow Zone Yes/No
   • Team To Finish In Red Zone Yes/No
   • Team To Finish In Blue Zone Yes/No
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant round): 
    • Win 
    • Double Chance 
    • Total Over/Under 
    • Individual Total Over/Under 
    • Handicap 
    • Total Even/Odd 
    • Individual Total Even/Odd 
    • Team To Finish In Green Zone Yes/No
    • Team To Finish In Yellow Zone Yes/No
    • Team To Finish In Red Zone Yes/No
    • Team To Finish In Blue Zone Yes/No

10.109 MARBLE MMA

1. Marble MMA involves the streaming of a marble MMA match.   
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event. 
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.   
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.   
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.  
6. Both pre-match and Live bets are accepted. All Marble MMA matches are streamed online.  
7. Rules:
   • A match consists of three rounds. 
   • Teams’ points totals are equal to the number of points they’ve earned in all the rounds. 
   • The team earned the most number of points will be deemed to be the winner.
8. The winner of a round is determined according to the following rules: 
   • The team that gets the most balls into the holes will be deemed the winner.
   • A match can end in a draw if both teams get an equal number of balls in the holes.
   • The winning margin is determined by the difference in the number of balls each team gets into the holes.
   • The winner of a round is awarded 10 points.
   • The winning margin is deducted from the winner’s total points to determine the number of points awarded to the losing team.
   • If a draw occurs, both teams receive 10 points each.
   • Disputes regarding the winner of a round are resolved by the organizer of the relevant competition. The overall score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream.  
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the relevant match): 
   • Win 
   • Double Chance   
   • Total Over/Under  
   • Individual Total Over/Under 
   • Handicap  
   • Total Even/Odd 
   • Team (..) To Win A Number Of Rounds (3)
   • No Draws To Occur Yes/No 
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant round):  
    • Win 
    • Double Chance 
    • Total Over/Under 
    • Individual Total Over/Under 
    • Handicap 
    • Total Even/Odd 

10.110 MARBLE BLOCK BREAKER

1. Marble Block Breaker (Marble Smash) involves the streaming of Marble Block Breaker matches. 
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event. 
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.  
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Both pre-match and Live bets are accepted. All Marble Block Breaker matches are streamed online.  
7. Rules:
   • A match consists of two rounds.
   • A team’s total points are equal to the total number of points they’ve won in all the rounds.
   • The team that earns the most points wins the game.
8. The winner of each round is determined according to the following rules:
   • Teams are awarded points when their balls land in the playing zones.  
   • The team that earns the most points wins the round.
   • If a team’s ball lands on a broken block, it is deemed to have landed in the zone with the relevant block’s colour.
   • If a ball lands in zone 4 or 6, the corresponding number of points is awarded.
   • If a ball lands in the yellow or green zone, the team earns one point.
   • If a ball lands in the blue zone, the team earns three points.
   • If a ball lands in the red zone, the team’s total points are multiplied by two for each ball.
   • Disputes regarding the winner of a round are resolved by the organizer of the competition. The overall score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream.
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the match):
   • Win
   • Double Chance
   • Total Over/Under
   • Handicap  
   • Individual Total Over/Under
   • Total Even/Odd
   • Individual Total Even/Odd 
   • Team Total In The 2x Zone Over/Under 
   • Total In A Zone With A x2 Multiplier Over/Under 
   • Number Of Balls In A Playing Zone
   • Team ( ) To Win ( ) Rounds
   • No Draws
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the round):
    • Win
    • Double Chance
    • Total Over/Under
    • Handicap
    • Individual Total Over/Under
    • Total Even/Odd
    • Individual Total Even/Odd 
    • Team ( ) Total In The x2 Zone Over/Under 
    • Total In A Zone With A x2 Multiplier Over/Under 
    • Number Of Balls In A Playing Zone

10.111 MARBLE LOTTO

1. Marble Lotto involves the streaming of a Marble Lotto match. 
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event. 
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.  
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice. 
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Both pre-match and Live bets are accepted. All Marble Lotto matches are streamed online.  
7. Rules:
   • A match consists of three rounds. 
   • A team’s total totals are equal to the total number of points they’ve earned in all the rounds.
   • The team that earns the most points wins the game.
8. The winner of each round is determined according to the following rules: 
   • A team is awarded points if their balls lands in a playing zone.  
   • The team that earns the most points wins the round.
   • The number of points awarded when a ball lands in a zone is indicated on the zone.
   • For every ball that lands in a zone with a x2 or x3 multiplier, the team’s total number of points is multiplied by the corresponding number.
   • Points for the Bonus50 zone are awarded to the team before the multiplier is applied.
   • Disputes regarding the winner of a round are resolved by the organizer of the competition. The final score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream.
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the match):
   • Win
   • Double Chance
   • Total Over/Under
   • Individual Total Over/Under   
   • Team Total In The 2x Zone Over/Under 
   • Total In A Zone With A x2 Multiplier Over/Under 
   • Team (  ) Total In The x3 Zone Over/Under 
   • Total In A Zone With A x3 Multiplier Over/Under 
   • Team 1 Total In The Bonus50 Zone Over/Under 
   • Team 2 Total In The Bonus50 Zone Over/Under 
   • Total In A Zone With A Bonus50 Multiplier Over/Under 
   • Team ( ) To Win (3) Rounds
10. The following bets can be placed on a round (bets are settled according to the score of the round):
    • Win
    • Double Chance
    • Total Over/Under
    • Individual Total Over/Under
    • Team ( ) Total In The 2x Zone Over/Under 
    • Total In A Zone With A x2 Multiplier Over/Under 
    • Team ( ) Total In The x3 Zone Over/Under 
    • Total In A Zone With A x3 Multiplier Over/Under 
    • Team ( ) Total In The Bonus50 Zone Over/Under 
    • Total In A Zone With A Bonus50 Multiplier Over/Under 

10.112 MARBLE BASEBALL

1. Marble baseball involves the streaming of a marble baseball match.
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event.
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Both pre-match and live bets are accepted. All Marble baseball matches are streamed online.
7. Rules:
   • A match consists of three innings.
   • A team’s total points are equal to the total number of points they earn in all the innings.
   • The team that earns the most points wins the game.
8. The winner of an inning is determined according to the following rules:
   • Each team receives 1 point for every ball that lands in the Finished zone.
   • The team that earns the most points wins the inning.
   • Disputes regarding the winner of an inning are resolved by the organizer of the competition. The final score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream.
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the match):
   • Win
   • Double Chance
   • Total Over/Under  
   • Individual Total Over/Under
   • Handicap  
   • Total Even/Odd
   • Individual Total Even/Odd
   • Team ( ) Total Winning Innings (3) Yes/No
   • No Draws Yes/No
10. The following bets can be placed on an inning (bets are settled according to the score of the inning):
    • Win
    • Double chance
    • Total Over/Under  

10.113 MARBLE VOLLEYBALL

1. Marble volleyball involves the streaming of a marble volleyball match.
2. All bets are settled after the end of an event.
3. The minimum and maximum stakes are determined by the bookmaker for each selection individually.
4. The bookmaker may change stake limits without prior notice.
5. If members of staff make any errors or any software failures occur when bets are accepted (e.g. obvious misprints in odds, inconsistencies between the odds displayed in the Sports/Live sections and in a bet slip etc.), or if there is any other indication that a bet has been accepted incorrectly, the bookmaker is entitled to declare such bets void.
6. Both pre-match and live bets are accepted. All Marble volleyball matches are streamed online.
7. Rules:
   • Teams get a point for each set they win.
   • A team’s total points are equal to the total number of points they earn in all the sets.
   • The team that earns the 3 points first wins the game.
8. The winner of each set is determined according to the following rules: 
   • A team is awarded 1 point if their balls lands in the “Points” playing zone.  
   • The team that earns the most points wins the set.
   • Disputes regarding the winner of a set are resolved by the organizer of the competition. The final score is displayed on a scoreboard in the video stream.
9. The following bets can be placed on an entire match (bets are settled according to the final score of the match): 
   • Win
   • Handicap 
   • Total Over/Under  
   • Individual Total Over/Under 
   • Total Out Balls Over/Under 
   • Individual Total Out Balls Over/Under 
   • Total Sets Over/Under 
   • Handiсap Sets
   • Correct Score
10. The following bets can be placed on a set (bets are settled according to the score of the relevant set):
    • Win
    • Handicap 
    • Total Over/Under  
    • Individual Total Over/Under 
    • Total Out Balls Over/Under 
    • Individual Total Out Balls Over/Under 

11. Available Markets (Оutcomes)

1. The bet “Team 1 To Win” is indicated as “1”.
2. The bet “Draw” is indicated as “X”.
3. The bet “Team 2 To Win” is indicated as “2”.
4. The bet “Team 1 To Win or Draw” is indicated as “1X”. Team 1 must win or there must be a draw for the bet to win.
5. The bet “Team 1 To Win or Team 2 To Win” is indicated as “12”. Either team must win (a match must not end in a draw) for the bet to win.
6. The bet “Team 2 To Win or Draw” is indicated as “X2”. Team 2 must win or there must be a draw for the bet to win.
7. The bet “Team (player, driver etc.) To Win With A Handicap” is indicated as “Handicap” (each handicap has its own odds). A handicap is an advantage or a disadvantage of a team (player, driver etc.) which is expressed in goals, points, sets, seconds etc. and is determined by the bookmaker in respect to a particular bet. The outcome of an event with a handicap is determined by adding the handicap to the actual result. If the result is in favor of the selected team (player, driver etc.), the bet is settled as won. In the opposite case, the bet is settled as lost. If the result is a draw after the handicap has been applied, the bet is settled at odds of 1.
8. The bookmaker offers two types of Total bets: on two outcomes (Over/Under) or three outcomes (Over/Exactly/Under).
   The bet “(Total) Over/Under” is indicated as “Total”.
   This is a bet on the total number of goals, points, games (etc.) that have been scored, earned, played (etc.) by teams (players etc.). The Customer must predict how many goals, points, games (etc.) will be scored, earned, played etc. (more or fewer than the total number quoted). At the bet settlement playing time stipulated hereby for each sport is taken into account, unless the market states otherwise. At the settlement of individual total (also called “player total” or “team total”), no own goal shall count.
   At the settlement of bets on individual total (also called “player total” or “team total”) the number of goals, points, games (etc.), scored, earned, played (etc.) by either team (player etc.) is taken into account.
   If the result is the same as the total quoted by the bookmaker, “over” and “under” bets will be settled at odds of 1.
9. Over/Exactly/Under bets are referred to as a 3-way total. Such bets are labeled “3way” and shall be settled exactly as follows:
   • “Total Under 123 (3way)” – the total number is less than 123.
   • “Total Exactly 123 (3way)” – the total number is equal to 123.
   • “Total 123 over (3way) – total strictly over”
     If the final score is 123, only one bet “Total Exactly 123 (3way)” wins, while bets on total over or under 123 labeled as “3way” are not refunded, as would be the case for ordinary Over/Under bets. Bets on individual 3way totals shall be settled accordingly.
10. The bet “Total Interval”
    The Customer should predict the total in a particular interval. For example, if the bet “Total From 0 to 1” is placed and the score is 0:0, the total number is 0; if the score is either 1:0 or 0:1, the total number is 1. In both cases, the bet wins. Any other bets lose. “No Goals” – the bet wins if the final score is 0:0. The bet «Correct score» — it is necessary to predict a score of a match on regular time (not including OT, penalty shootouts).
11. The bet “Correct Score”. The Customer should predict the exact score in regular time (excluding overtime, penalty shootouts etc.).
12. The bet “HT-FT” is expressed with “W” (for win), and “X” (for draw). The result of the first half (period) is followed by the result of the match. For example, W1W2 means that Team 1 will win (W1) the first half, and Team 2 will win (W2) the match. In sports where a match lasts for four quarters (basketball, water polo etc.) “HT-FT” bets are settled based on the result of the first half (first two quarters) and the result of the match (in regular time).
13. The bet “Result + Total Goals”
    The Customer should predict which team will win, and the total number of goals.
14. The bet “Goal () Up To 78:00 Minute – Yes”. The Customer should predict whether a team will score the goal before or in the 78th minute.
15. The bet “Scoring Periods (Halves/Quarters/Games/Innings)”; “Sets Scoring”; “Scores In Each Half”.
    The Customer should predict which half, period, quarter etc. in a match will end with the highest score or whether halves, periods, quarters etc. will end with the same score (number of goals/points).
16. The bet “Player Match-Ups in the Final Tournament Table”.
    The Customer should predict which player will perform better in a tournament. If, after comparison, the stats of the players (number of goals scored, points earned etc.) are equal, bets will be settled at odds of 1. Penalty shootouts will not count. The number of matches in which the named player participated will not count either. If a player fails to participate in any match, bets are settled at odds of 1.
17. The bet “Top Goalscorer In The Championship (Tournament)”. The following successive criteria shall apply: goals scored in the tournament; most assists in the tournament; fewest number of minutes played in the tournament. These factors include extra time, but exclude penalty shootouts and own goals.
18. The bet “To Be Higher At The End Of The Championship” The Customer should predict which of the two named teams will be higher in the tournament tableat the end of a tournament. If the scores are equal, bets are settled at odds of 1. Should a team fail to participate in the tournament matches, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
19. The bet “Home-Away” The winner is determined based on a difference in goals (points) scored by the home team and the away team, respectively, including any handicap.
20. The bet “Total Goal Minutes”
    Bets are settled based on the sum total of minutes in which goals were scored in regular time. For example, if goals were scored in the 13th, 25th and 47th minutes, the total number for bet settling purposes is 13 + 25 + 47 = 85.
21. The bet “Points” (volleyball, table tennis, squash, badminton). A point is a result of a serve in the specified game or set.
    For example, “Volleyball. 1 To Win Point 19 (1 set)”. The score of the first set was (8:9) at the time of placement, then the score changed to (8:10), meaning the serve was won by Team 2. Afterwards the score became (9:10), which means that the 19th point was won by Team 1. The bet wins.
22. First Match Goal From () To () Minute. The Customer should predict whether the first goal will be scored in the quoted timeframe.
23. Last Goal From () To () Minute. The Customer should predict whether the last goal will be scored in the quoted timeframe.
24. No Last Goal. The bet wins if a match ends with the score 0:0.
25. Highest Scoring Quarter – Total Under (). The highest scoring quarter is the quarter in which the most goals (points) were scored in comparison to other quarters. The bet wins if the total number of goals (points) scored in the highest scoring quarter is fewer than the quoted number. Bets are not refunded when two or more quarters end with the same highest score; bets are settled based on the total number of goals (points).
26. Lowest Scoring Quarter – Total Under (). The lowest scoring quarter is the quarter in which the fewest goals (points) were scored in comparison to other quarters. The bet wins if the total number of goals (points) scored in the lowest scoring quarter is fewer that the quoted number. Bets are not refunded when two or more quarters end with the same lowest score; bets are settled based on the total number of goals (points).
27. The bet “Highest Scoring Period”. If the highest scoring quarter is impossible to determine (two or more quarters ended with the same score), bets on such quarters are settled at odds of 1. Bets on other quarters are settled as lost.
    For example: the score is (19:20, 22:17, 21:18, 12:20).
    Highest Scoring Period (1) – refund;
    Highest Scoring Period (2) – refund;
    Highest Scoring Period (3) – refund.
28. The bet “Race To… Points”. The Customer should predict which participant of a match will be the first to earn the quoted number of points. For example:
    “Team 1 To Win Race To 15 Points”. If the score is 15-13, the bet wins; if the score is 12-16, the bet loses; if the score is 10-12, the bet loses.
    “Neither Team To Win Race To 15 Points”. If the score is 15-13, the bet loses; if the score is 12-16, the bet loses; if the score is 10-12, the bet wins. Should any participant refuse to continue for any reason before they or their opponent receive the quoted number of points, bets are settled at odds of 1.
29. The bets “Next Corner () Team ()” and “Next () Y/C Team ()”. If the outcome specified on a bet slip does not take place, bets will be refunded.
30. The bet “Players, Match-Ups, Handicaps” will be settled based on the match-up of players’ individual totals (the number of scored goals) with a handicap. No own goal shall count. If a player is not included in the starting line-up, bets on this player will be settled at odds of 1.
31. The bet “Players, Special, Total”. The bet is placed on the total number of goals scored by the named players. No own goal shall count. If a player is not included in the starting line-up, bets on this player will be settled at odds of 1.
32. The bet “1st and 2nd Place In The Group” wins if the teams named finish in 1st and 2nd places at the group stage in the specified order.
33. The market “First Goal To Be An Own Goal”. If the score is 0-0, the bet “No First Goal” will win.
34. The market “Remaining Time Outcome” (“After Score ()-()”). The Customer should predict how a match will continue after the quoted score. For example, the bet “1X After Score 3-2” will win if the score does not change until the end of the match. The final score is deducted from the specified score: in this example, the score of 3-2 is followed by the score of 0-0 (draw). If the score becomes 3- 3, the bet will lose, because the score in the remaining time after 3-2 will be 0-1 (Team 2 scored).
35. Bets on total playing time are made in minutes. If the total playing time is predicted exactly, bets will be settled at odds of 1. For example, the bet “Total Kyrie Irving Over (39.5)” will be settled at odds of 1 if the player’s total playing time amounts to 39 minutes 30 seconds.
36. Correct Score. Group Bet. The bet “Any Other Score” is settled based on the outcomes specified in the group. There are three groups of outcomes, and score numbers depend on the current score in a match. For example, if the current match score is 0-1, the following selections are offered:
    Correct Score 2-1, or 3-1, or 3-2.
    Correct Score: 1-2, or 1-3, or 2-3.
    Any other score.
    If the match ends with a score of 0-1, the bet “Any Other Score” will win.
37. The market “Win Or Draw”. The market includes only two outcomes. For example, the bet “X Or 2 (Home Win – Refund) – 2” means that the bet is made on a draw or win of Team 2 and the selected outcome is the win of Team 2. The bet will win if Team 2 wins, and lose if the match ends in a draw. If Team 1 wins, the bet will be refunded (according to the condition specified in the market). Bets are accepted on regular time.
38. Post-Match vs Live. This bet is formed from two matches, one of which has already taken place on the current match day and the other will be broadcast LIVE. In other words, customers need to predict the outcome of a bet where they already know one of the results.
    If a team forfeits in one of these matches or a match is either abandoned or postponed, “Post-Match vs Live” bets will be void (refunded).
39. The bookmaker may offer other types of bets.
40. Accepted abbreviations:
    • CK – corner kicks
    • ACE – aces
    • SO – sendings-off
    • PT – penalty time
    • YC – yellow cards
    • YRC – cards (yellow and red cards)
    • MS – misses
    • SOT – shots on target
    • OFF – offsides
    • F – fouls
    • SOG – shots on goal
    • EB – extra bets
    • S – series
    • FT – scored free throws
    • 2P – scored 2-point field goals
    • 3P – scored 3-point field goals
    • R – rebounds
    • AST – assists
    • TOV – turnovers
    • BLK – blocks
    • DF – double faults
    • PC – hitting a post or crossbar
    • BS – blocked shots
    • C – checking
    • I – icing
    • WF – winning face-off

12. Extra bets

1. 1st Half-Match. The Customer should predict the result of the first half and the result of a match.
2. Correct Score. The Customer should predict the score of a match (regular time) correctly.
3. To Score First Goal. The Customer should predict which team will be the first to score a goal. If there are no goals in regular time, bets are settled as lost. An own goal shall be treated as a goal of the team whose score it was added to.
4. Goal Time. The Customer should predict the timeframe in which a goal will be scored by either team (from X to Y minute, inclusive). If there are no goals, bets will lose.
5. The bet “Both Teams To Score – Yes” will be settled as won if each team scores at least one goal. The bet “Both Teams To Score – No” will be settled as won if at least one team fails to score.
6. Score Match-ups by halves, periods, quarters, innings. The Customer should predict whether the halves (or periods, quarters, innings) will end with the same score (number of goals/points/runs) or which half (period, quarter, inning) will end with the highest score.
7. Team Wins. The Customer should predict which team (player) will score more goals (earn more points, win more sets, etc.) according to the final result of the match, including extra time (overtime) and penalty shootouts, if any.
8. “Draw In At Least One Half” The bet “Draw In At Least One Period – No” will win if no period ends in a draw. For example, if the score is (1-0; 0-0), the bet will lose. If the score is (1-0; 0-1), the bet will win.
9. Who Will Kick Off The Match? The Customer should predict which team will kick off from the center mark to start the match.
10. First Substitution – Team. The Customer should predict which team will be the first to make a substitution. Should both teams make substitutions at the same time (according to the match records), bets will be settled at odds of 1.
11. First Substitution. The Customer should predict when the first substitution will be made: 1st half, half-time, or 2nd half. If there are no substitutions in a match, bets will be settled at odds of 1.
12. Penalty Awarded – Yes/No. The Customer should predict whether a penalty kick will be awarded in a match.
13. Sending Off – Yes/No. The Customer should predict whether any player will be sent off during the match. Only dismissals of outfield players and goalkeepers will count.
14. First Booking. The Customer should predict which team will be the first to receive a booking (yellow card). Should players from both teams receive bookings at the same time (according to the match records), bets are settled at odds of 1.
15. Last Booking. The Customer should predict which team will be the last to receive a booking (yellow card). A second booking resulting in a player being dismissed will not count. Should players from both teams receive bookings at the same time (according to the match records), bets are settled at odds of 1.
16. Home-Away. The Customer should predict whether the home or away teams will score more goals in a round of a tournament, taking into account handicaps and totals. Should at least one match in the round be canceled, rescheduled, abandoned, or declared void, bets on the “Home- Away” market will be settled at odds of 1 (except for the outcomes which have already been determined).
17. Handicap. As well as handicaps in the main markets, the bookmaker offers bets on which team will win with a different handicap. For example, if the final score is 2:1 (regular time): The bet “Handicap [0:1] W2” loses, because after the handicap has been applied, the score becomes 2:2. The bet “Handicap [0:1] X” wins, because after the handicap has been applied, the score becomes 2:2. The bet “Handicap [1:0] W1” wins, because after the handicap has been applied, the score becomes 3:1.
18. Teams, Match-Ups. The Customer should predict which of the named teams will score more goals or earn more points.
19. Player Total (Individual Total) (basketball, volleyball). The Customer should predict a player’s individual total according to certain statistics, such as points, rebounds, assists etc. All bets on player totals include overtime or golden set. Should a member of the team fail to take part in a match, bets on them will be settled at odds of 1.
20. Player Total (Individual Total) (handball, futsal, field hockey). The Customer should predict a player’s individual total by the number of goals scored. All bets on player totals are accepted on regular time. Should a member of the team fail to take part in a match, bets on them will be settled at odds of 1.
21. First To Happen. Example: “First To Happen – Yellow Card Or Goal”. The Customer should predict what will happen first in the match: a yellow card will be shown or a goal will be scored. If there are no yellow cards and no goals in a match, bets are settled at odds of 1.
22. A Player Scores Two Goals (Brace)/A Player Scores A Hat-Trick/A Player Scores Four Goals (Poker). The Customer should predict whether one football player will score exactly two goals (brace), exactly three goals (hat-trick), or exactly four goals (poker). No own goal will count.
23. Player To Get Yellow/Red Card. The Customer should predict whether the referee will show a yellow or red card to a particular player. No yellow or red card will count unless it is shown to an outfield player or a goalkeeper. If a player is not included in the starting 11, bets on this player will be settled at odds of 1.
24. Official Added Time Total. The Customer should predict whether the number of minutes added as stoppage time to each half will be higher or lower than the quoted number.
25. Come From Behind And Win (regular time including added time). A team is deemed to have come from behind if they had been trailing during the match, but then win. Should a match end in a draw, the bet “Come From Behind And Win – Yes” loses.
26. Goal 1 Scored With A Header. The Customer should predict whether the first goal in the match will be scored with a header. If there are no goals in a match, or if the first goal is an own goal (even if it is scored with a header), the bet “Goal 1 Scored With A Header – No” wins.
27. To Score First And Win The Match. The Customer should predict which team will be the first to score a goal and win the match. Bets on NHL, KHL, and all international tournaments are accepted on regular time. If there are no goals, bets on the selection “To Score First And Win The Match – Yes” will lose.
28. Clean Sheet (Shutout) – a match in which at least one team does not concede a single goal.
29. “Team 2 To Win To Nil – Yes”. The bet wins if the score is 0:1, 0:2, etc. The bet “Team 2 To Win To Nil – No” wins if a match ends with any score other than 0:1, 0:2, etc.
30. To Score Penalty – Yes/No. The Customer should predict whether a team will score a penalty kick. If no penalty kick is awarded during a match, bets on “To Score Penalty – Yes” and “To Score Penalty – No” will lose. Example: “Team 2 To Score Penalty – No” The bet will win if a penalty kick is awarded to Team 2 but they do not score the penalty. The bet will lose if no penalty kick is awarded, or Team 2 scores the penalty (scores a goal from a penalty).
31. Team 2 To Score Their 1 Penalty – Yes. The Customer should predict whether the team will score the first penalty kick awarded to them. If no penalty kick is awarded during a match, the bets “Team To Score Their 1 Penalty – Yes” and “Team To Score Their 1 Penalty – No” will be settled as lost.
32. Run Of Play (Lead – Win, Lead – Draw, Lead – Lose). Bets are accepted on regular time including added time. This bet will be settled on the first team to take the lead in combination with the final result, regardless of how often the lead may change in between.
33. “First/Last Match Goal From () To () Minute”. Added time is taken into account for bet settlement purposes. The bet “First Match Goal From 10:00 To 14:59” will be settled as won if the first goal is scored in this timeframe.
34. “The Duration Of The Draw” and “Time In The Lead” markets. Bets are accepted on regular time. Example. During the match (hockey) Team 1 scored a goal in the 16th minute, Team 2 scored a goal in the 21st minute, and Team 1 scored a goal in the 36th minute. The total number of minutes during which there was a draw shall be calculated as follows: first 15 minutes + 15 minutes (36-21) = 30 minutes. The total number of minutes during which Team 1 led shall be calculated as follows: (21-16) + (60- 36) = 5 + 24 = 29 minutes. The bet “Draw For Under 19.5 Minutes” loses. The bet “Team 1 To Lead Over 13.5 Min” wins.
35. The bet “Correct Score. Any Other Score”. The bet will win if the score of a match differs from the list of correct scores offered. The bookmaker shall make a list of correct scores at its own discretion.

13. Examples

13.1 Single bet example

You place a bet on Milan’s victory with a stake of €100.
The odds on Milan’s victory are 2.0.
If Milan wins, the payout will be 100 x 2.0 = €200.
The net gain is: €200 (the payout) – €100 (the stake) = €100.

13.2 Accumulator bet

You win accumulator bet if you correctly predict outcomes of all matches included in it.
The odds of the outcomes included in the accumulator bet are multiplied: 2.0 × 2.1× 2.9 = 12.18.
At the stake of 100€ on the accumulator bet you receive 100€ ×12.18 = 1218€.
The net gain (excluding the stake) is 1118€.

13.3 System bet example

SYSTEM 3/6 (3 WINNING SELECTIONS)

System 3/6 is a bet on all possible 3-event accumulator combinations from the 6 selections. You must correctly predict the outcomes of a minimum of 3 events, otherwise the system bet will lose. Let’s say you placed a 3/6 system bet with a stake of €60.
The outcomes are as follows:

20 different combinations of 3 outcomes can be formed from a total of 6 selections (i.e. Event 1 + Event 2 + Event 3; Event 1 + Event 2 + Event 4; etc.). Each combination forms an accumulator bet within the system.
To calculate the stake for each combination, the total stake (€60) is divided by the number of combinations in your 3/6 system (20 combinations). 60/20=€3. Therefore the stake for each accumulator bet within your system is €3.
You needed to correctly predict at least 3 outcomes from the possible 6. you correctly predicted 4 outcomes: for Event 1, Event 4, Event 5 and Event 6. As 4 outcomes were predicted correctly, any 3 of those 4 events will form a winning combination. There are 4 winning accumulators:

To calculate the winnings for each combination, multiply the odds by the stake:
Accumulator I: 1.6 x 1.3 x 1.45 x €3 = €9.05.
Accumulator II: 1.6 x 1.3 x 1.85 x €3 = €11.54.
Accumulator III: 1.85 x 1.3 x 1.45 x €3 = €10.46.
Accumulator IV: 1.6 x 1.85 x 1.45 x €3 = €12.88.
To calculate the total payout on your system bet, total the winnings for all winning combinations in the system: 
I + II + III + IV = 9.05 + 11.54 + 10.46 + 12.88 = €43.93.
The total payout is €43.93.

13.4 Asian handicap calculation of single bet

When You place «Asian handicap» bet, bookmaker takes two, actually. The bet with odds (+1,25) corresponds collection of two bets: on handicap (+1) and on handicap (+1,5). The sum on these bets is equal a half of the whole handicap’s sum. Total handicap’s win will be equal to win’s sum of two bets. Depending on result, you can win both bets; one win bet, another one is refunded; lose both of them.

See the variants of Asian handicap bet calculation:

Let the sum of bet will be 100€ in our example.

I.e, if we place bet+0,75 on Villarreal CF, it’s divided on: bets with handicaps (+1) and (+0,5).

Let’s see some variants:

1. match score (0:1) – handicap (+0.5) – loss, handicap (+1) – refund.
2. match score (1:1) – handicap (+0.5) – win, handicap (+1) – winning.
3. match score (0:2) – bet is lost.

If we place bet on Real Madrid Handicap (–0,75), we get two bets with handicap (–0,5) and (–1).

Let’s see some variants:

1. match score (0:1) – handicap (-0.5) – win, handicap (-1) – refund.
2. match score (1:1) – bet is lost.
3. match score (0:2) – bet is win.

13.5 Asian handicap accumulator bet calculation

if bet is a part of accumulator or system bet on Asian Handicap the number of variants is doubled.

For example, we have placed accumulator bet on 100€ consists of two events with total 3.25.

Both pairs have played with the match score 3-0. How much do we get? Actually, it will be 4 accumulators here: >3,>3; >3,>3.5; >3.5,>3; >3.5,>3.5, therefore we receive 25€ back by one accumulator bet, all other bets are lost.

13.6 Asian total bet

This is a bet on the total score, where the predicted total must be a multiple of 0.25 (but not 0.5). This bet is calculated as two bets with stakes equal to half of the total stake and equal odds. The totals for the bets are the values which are the closest multiples of 0.5 to your prediction, i.e. the total for one bet will be your prediction + 0.25 and the other will be your prediction -0.25.

ASIAN TOTAL BET EXAMPLE

Example 1: you place the bet TOTAL (1.75) UNDER with a €100 stake and odds of 1.4. To settle this bet, it is split into the following two bets: TOTAL (1.5) UNDER and TOTAL (2) UNDER. The stake is divided equally between the two bets (€50 each).
Some possible outcomes are:

1. match score (0:0) or (0:1) – both bets are won (100 х 1.4 = €140).
2. match score (1:1), (0:2) – TOTAL (1.5) UNDER – loss; TOTAL (2) UNDER – refund of stake (€50).
3. match score (1:2) – both bets are lost.

Example 2: you place the bet TOTAL (1.75) OVER with a €100 stake and odds of 1.4. To settle this bet, it is split into the following two bets: TOTAL (1.5) OVER and TOTAL (2) OVER. The stake is divided equally between the two bets (€50 each).
Some possible outcomes are:

1. match score (0:0) or (0:1) – the bet loses.
2. match score (1:1), (0:2) – TOTAL (1.5) OVER – win; TOTAL (2) OVER – refund of stake (50х1.4 +50=70+50=€120).
3. match score (1:2) – the bet wins (100х1.4=€140).

13.7 Chain bet example

The bet slip includes four events. The stake is €10.

Bets are settled in the order in which they are listed on the bet slip.

EXAMPLE 1. ALL BETS IN THE CHAIN HAVE WON.
The 1st bet wins. It is settled as: 10 х 1.45 = €14.50; 
the 2nd bet wins. It is settled as: (14.5 – 10) + 10 х 1.62 = 4.5 + 16.2 = €20.70; 
the 3rd bet wins. It is settled as: (20.7 – 10) + 10 х 1.36 = 10.7 + 13.6 = €24.30; 
the 4th bet wins. It is settled as: (24.3 – 10) + 10 х 1.45 = 14.3 + 14.5 = €28.80. 
The total payout is €28.80.

EXAMPLE 2. THE 1ST, 3RD AND 4TH bets have WON.
The 1st bet wins. It is settled as: 10 х 1.45 = €14.50; 
the 2nd bet loses. It is settled as: (14.5 – 10) = €4.50 (= remaining balance); 
the 3rd bet wins. It is settled as: 4.5 х 1.36 = €6.12 (= remaining balance); 
the 4th bet wins. It is settled as: 6.12 х 1.45 = €8.87. 
The total payout is €8.87.

EXAMPLE 3. THE 1ST, 2ND AND 4TH BETS HAVE WON.
The 1st bet wins. It is settled as: 10 х 1.45 = €14.50; 
the 2nd bet wins. It is settled as: (14.5 – 10) + 10 х 1.62 = 4.5 + 16.2 = €20.70; 
the 3rd bet loses. It is settled as: 20.7 – 10 = €10.70; 
the 4th bet wins. It is settled as: (10.7 – 10) + 10 х 1.45 = 0.7 + 14.5 = €15.20. 
The total payout is €15.20.

14. Totalizator 15-TOTO

14.1 General terms

Toto is a game in which players bet on the Home win, Draw, Away win, or the final correct score of a number of predefined matches. BetWinner collects all bets into a Toto Pool (monetary sum); to which players contribute prior to the start of the matches. After all the matches have finished BetWinner.com distributes the Toto Prize Pool between all winning players according to these rules.

A Toto player is a person who has placed a bet in the Toto Pool under the terms and conditions of the Toto rules. The player must be over 18 years of age.

Event is a sportive event, a match.

Outcome is a possible result of a sport event, offered by organizers of the toto for bet placement.

TOTO bet slip – a list of 15 events with outcome options. A customer chooses outcomes for all the events and places a bet. The bet “Home wins” is designated as “1”; the bet “Away wins” is designated as “2”; the bet “Draw” is designated as “X”. A bettor can select accumulator outcomes on every event. In this case the amount of bet versions increases (and the minimal stake correspondingly).

Toto bet is a combination of event outcomes (one for each match of the coming Toto) on which a contestant bets; and also the amount of this sum of money.

A player wins a bet if he correctly predicts the results of 9 events or more, and loses if he/she guesses less than 9 events. 

Should a player lose, then his bet is lost. Should a player win, then his bet is included in the bets payout from the prize money as its component.

Betting pool – a monetary sum, received in the form of bets for the incoming drawing of Toto.

Prize money – a part of the pool, used for winnings payout.

14.2 The distribution of the prize fund by categories

15 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
14 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
13 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
12 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
11 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
10 correctly predicted – 18% of the prize fund.
9 correctly predicted – 32% of the prize fund.

Prize Money is distributed to winning bets rateably the sum of each bet according to the place of its distribution.

Jackpot – an extra winning distributed among bets rateably the sum of these bets.

It is based on  previous drawings of Toto in which one or several winning purses were not raffled off, i.e. when the best bet correctly predicted less than 14 (13, 12, 11, 10, 9) events.

Jackpot prize is not raffled off and increases for every next drawing until one of the bettors guesses the results of all events.

The betting company has the right to enlarge a jackpot by means of its own monetary funds.

14.3 General provisions

1. Bets on all events of parimutuel betting are accepted for the regular playing time unless otherwise specified.
2. Bets are accepted up until the earliest match starts but does not include void matches. Start of the issue is the actual beginning of the match, which was the first to start in the issue; at this the matches, acknowledged to be void, are not taken into account. The date and time of the event starting, given in the Sports, are of informative character. An incorrect event time is not a basis for bet canceling.
3. A match is considered incomplete in toto betting in case of it is invalidated according to the Rules of the betting company BetWinner.
4. If any event from the Match List is considered to be cancelled, all the outcomes for such event are considered as won.
5. The distribution of a jackpot in case the events are incomplete:
   • 1 event considered to be cancelled – 35% of Jackpot is paid out;
   • 2 events considered to be cancelled – 25% of Jackpot is paid out;
   • 3 events considered to be cancelled – 10% of Jackpot is paid out;
   • 4 events considered to be cancelled – 5% of Jackpot is paid out.
6. If 5 or more events are considered to be cancelled, this Match List is considered cancelled and all bets are refunded. Administration of Toto reserves the right to use a part of the Jackpot in order to make the odds for winning bets not lower than 1,05 per 1€. 
7. If 3 events from the Match List are considered cancelled, the category of “9 correct outcomes” is not paid.
8. In this case the category of “10 correct outcomes” will have 40% of the prize fund, the category of “11 correct outcomes” – 20%, the category of “12 correct outcomes” – 15%, categories 13 and 14 correct outcomes – 10% each, the category of “15 correct outcomes” – 5%.
9. If 4 events from the Match List are considered cancelled, the categories from 9 and 10 correct outcomes are not paid. In this case the category of “11 correct outcomes” will have 45% of the prize fund, the category of “12 correct outcomes” – 25%, the category of “13 correct outcomes” – 15%, the category of “14 correct outcomes” – 10%, the category “15 correct outcomes” – 5%.
10. If before the start of events the Company has information about the cancellation of any event from the List, or if any of the events were scheduled incorrectly in the List (wrong names of opponents, wrong home/away team), as well as in the case of force majeure, including technical failures that may prevent all interested persons to make bets on the draw in full, the Company has an option (but not an obligation) to consider the List as void, cancel all bets and rebuild the List on the basis of it being cancelled.

14.4 How to place TOTO bet

To place a bet it is necessary to select one or several outcomes for each of 15 matches represented in the bet slipt

The minimum and maximum stake may vary depending on currency exchange rate.

1. If you intend to make several bets you can select them in one ticket and mark 2 or 3 outcomes at the same time in one or several matches of 15 events; thereby the total number of bets and the minimal stake regarding this bet slip is correspondingly doubled, trebled and so on. Total stake within a bet slip is distributed evenly to the best in this ticket.
2. If one ticket contains several bets, then winning bets are calculated rateably the stake which is the share of each bet.
3. Bets are accepted until the first match of totalizator starts. Any bets placed after the first match in toto has started, will be cancelled.
4. Batch bet. This function allows you to place several random bets on TOTO. To do this you should specify the amount per one bet slip and press button “To place batch bet”. It will be made as many bets as you have indicated, automatically. You can check bets in the section “Bets history” – TOTO.

When bets are not accepted any more all the information on the bets that have been made and all statistics are taken to “Results” and available for reviewing.

14.5 Jackpot payout

Jackpot payout is made after the administration verifies passport data and bank account details. The name of the account holder must match the name on the identification data provided. Administration agrees to transfer winnings into the bank account by no later than 10 calendar days after the receipt, inspection and registration of all necessary documents for payment. Payment of the jackpot is guided by current national legislation and regulations governing force at the time of payment.

14.6 Disputable cases

While solving general and disputable cases the betting company applies to the items of the Rules of the betting company “BetWinner” which are appropriate and do not contravene the Rules of Toto.

14.7 Batch bet

Batch bet is a collection of bet slips. In other words, batch bet – is when several bet slips are accepted in the pot edition at a time.

Batch betting closes 10 minutes prior to draw ended.

How to place batch bet

To properly place a batch bet, all the bet slips should be made in the required format:

0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(X);12-(X);13-(1);14-(X);15-(1)
This line marked with the following parameters:
0.70 – amount of bet slip
1, 2, 3, … 15 – number of games in drawing
(1,2,Х) – outcome option, which you bet on.

Each bet slip should start on a new line. It should be presented in the following way:

Example:

0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(X);12-(X);13-(1);14-(X);15-(1),
0.8;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(1);12-(X);13-(1);14-(X);15-(1),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(2);12-(1);13-(2);14-(X);15-(1),

You can prepare the bet slips in advance, and then copy and paste into the text box on the page: “TOTO 15”: batch bet. You can also fill in the field.

To place your bets press the ‘Process batch bets’ button. The entered information will then be validated. If you confirm – your batch bet adopted in drawing!

You can find your bets in My account – Betting history – TOTO

Example.

You bet on the next drawing. Thus, you are sure of the results only in 10 games of 15 (1st win). In the three games you allow for 2 possible outcomes (1X), as for two last – you are not sure of the outcome (your choice – 1X2).

If you make one bet slip in all possible combinations of the options of your predictions, all in the bet slip get 72 options for the total amount claimed 50.4€. (minimum bet = 0.7€).

However, you can greatly reduce the total stake amount if you spread the predicted outcomes between a bigger number of bet slips (Batch bet). You will still have the chance to win big.

You just need to pick your bets in such a way, so that with any combination of predicted outcomes at least one of the bets would win, say, for at least 14 matches. In this case only 12 bet slips will be enough and you will only spend €8.4. Based on your predictions, the following batch bet was formed:

0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(X);12-(X);13-(1);14-(X);15-(1),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(1);12-(X);13-(1);14-(X);15-(1),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(X);12-(1);13-(X);14-(X);15-(1),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(1);12-(1);13-(X);14-(X);15-(1),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(X);12-(1);13-(1);14-(1);15-(2),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(1);12-(1);13-(1);14-(1);15-(2),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(X);12-(X);13-(X);14-(1);15-(X),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(1);12-(X);13-(X);14-(1);15-(X),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(X);12-(X);13-(X);14-(2);15-(2),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(1);12-(X);13-(X);14-(2);15-(2),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(X);12-(1);13-(1);14-(2);15-(X),
0.7;1-(1);2-(1);3-(1);4-(1);5-(1);6-(1);7-(1);8-(1);9-(1);10-(1);11-(1);12-(1);13-(1);14-(2);15-(X),

Service “Batch bet” – easy to use and tote those participants who shape their coupons on unique systems.

Example of TOTO Correct Score batch bet

0.7;1-(1:2);2-(1:1);3-(1:0);4-(1:3);5-(2:2);6-(1:3);7-(2:1);8-(0:1)

Example of TOTO Basketball batch bet

50;1-(1o);2-(1o);3-(1o);4-(x);5-(x);6-(2o);7-(2o);8-(1o);9-(1u),
50;1-(1u);2-(1o);3-(1o);4-(x);5-(x);6-(2o);7-(2o);8-(1o);9-(1u).

15. TOTO Correct score

The Toto «Correct score» – requires a player to place bets on results of matches.

The Toto ticket consists of 8 matches with each match score of them. The player will need to predict the results correctly in 2 or more matches in order to win bet.

To place a bet, you need to choose one score for each match on the bet slip. For accumulator bets, you may select 2 or more scores in each of the matches. Thereby the total number of bets and the bet stake are correspondingly doubled, trebled etc.

In order to receive a prize the player will need to predict the results correctly in 2 or more matches. 95% of the Toto Pool is distributed between the successful players.

If all the matches are played (no void matches) the Toto Prize Pool is distributed into 7* winning categories for the Jackpot of the next Toto Game**:

• 1st winning category – 5% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 8 scores predicted);
• 2nd winning category – 5% from Toto Prize Pool, ( more than 7 scores predicted);
• 3rd winning category – 7.5% from Toto Prize Pool, ( more than 6 scores predicted);
• 4th winning category – 10% from Toto Prize Pool, ( more than 5 scores predicted);
• 5th winning category – 12.5% from Toto Prize Pool, ( more than 4 scores predicted);
• 6th winning category – 20% from Toto Prize Pool, (more than 3 scores predicted);
• 7th winning category – 35% from Toto Prize Pool, ( more than 2 scores predicted);

* – If there are 1 or 2 void matches, the Toto Prize Pool is distributed according to rule «The Jackpot distribution where 1 or more matches are void».
** – If there are no winning bets in the 1st winning category.

Distribution of the Toto Prize Pool from winning categories which don’t have any winning bets.

If any event from the Match List is considered to be cancelled, all the outcomes for such event are considered to be lost. Minimum number of correctly predicted variants is not changed, 2 events should be guessed.

(Match is considered failed, if the start time of the match postponed later than the date of the last match in the Toto сorrect score bet slip.)

 The Jackpot is distributed amongst bets successfully predicting 8 or 7 correct scores, according to their size. The larger the stake, the larger the prize.

The Jackpot remains not won if no-one successfully predicts 8 or 7 correct scores.

All bets, successfully predicting scores in all 8 matches share 95% of the Jackpot. The remaining 5% of the Jackpot is distributed among bets successfully predicting 7 scores.

The Jackpot distribution where 1 or more matches are void:

• 1 void match – 25% of the Jackpot is distributed (7 successfully predicted correct scores);
• 2 void matches – The Jackpot is not paid and the fund is carried over to the next Toto Game.

Toto Prize Pool distribution in case of 1 void match:

• 7 scores – 5%, 6 scores – 5%, 5 scores – 7.5%,
• 4 scores – 10%, 3 scores – 12.5%, 2 scores – 55%.

Toto Prize Pool distribution in case of 2 void matches:

• 6 scores – 5%, 5 scores – 5%, 4 scores – 7.5%,
• 3 scores – 10%, 2 scores – 67.5%.

If there are 3 or more void matches, then all bets will be void and stakes returned to the players.

15.1 How to place bet Toto «Correct score»

• Go to the page «TOTO». Click on «Toto Correct score».
• The bet slip of 8 events will open.
• Near the event click on «Select». Put check marks near the match score you want to select. To remove all check marks click on «Remove all».
• You can select several options for the outcome:
  a. 1 – 1st team win
  b. 2 – 2nd team win
  c. X – Draw
  d. >2,5 – Total over 2,5
  e. f. X and >2,5 –  the score will be selected where the draw and total over 2,5 are indicated.
• The selected match score will appear in the column “Select”
• In the line «Sum» enter the sum you want to wager.
• Click on «Place the bet».
• The toto ticket will be displayed in the Bet history, tab «TOTO Correct score».

16. Totalizator football-TOTO

16.1 General provisions

1. BetWinner Betting Company accepts bet on TOTO-football in accordance with Rules.
2. TOTO totalizator – is the special pool game where you need to place bets on 14 events in the Match List.
3. Bets are accepted from individuals over 18 years old. A client is responsible for breach of this paragraph.
4. Bets are accepted from individuals who agree with the Rules proposed by the betting company. Bet placed by the bettor serves as the unconditional acceptance of the present Rules.

16.2 TOTO-football bet

1. Each match can have 3 outcomes: The bet “Home wins” is designated as “1”; the bet “Away wins” is designated as “2”; the bet “Draw” is designated as “X”.
2. TOTO-football bet is a combination of event outcomes (one for each match of the coming Toto) on which a contestant bets; and also the amount of this sum of money.
3. A bettor can choose from one to three possible outcomes in each match, besides each bet is paid out and settled separately. By placing a bet total number of bets (variants) and total amount is shown. Bet amount on each of variants is settled by dividing the total amount bet on the number of variants.
4. All toto bets can be checked in the section Totalizator – TOTO-Football – Bet slip list.

16.3 Calculation of TOTO-Football

1. You can see the result on each event in toto bet slip after all matches will be completed. Bets on football matches are accepted on regular time (including additional time) except such bets as “To qualify” or “Winner”, where bets are accepted on outcome of two teams showdown. The additional time of the first half-time is the 45th minute. The additional time of the second half-time is the 90th minute. If a match is abandoned before 90 mins are played or postponed all bets on that match are void, except for those markets which have been unconditionally determined.
2. A match is considered void if it was interrupted/postponed/delayed or if it started earlier than the closing time for bets of the current Toto Game. All outcomes of a match incomplete are considered successful.
3. If there are 4 or more matches incomplete, then this drawing betting is considered invalid and all bets are returnable with the odds are equal to be “1”.

16.4 The distribution of the prize fund

1. Betting pool – a monetary sum, received in the form of bets for the incoming drawing of Toto-Football.
2. Prize money – a part of the pool (90%), used for winnings payout.
   The distribution of the prize fund by categories:
   • 1st winning category – 10% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14 scores predicted);
   • 2nd winning category – 10% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14 and 13 scores predicted);
   • 3rd winning category – 10% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14, 13 and 12 scores predicted);
   • 4th winning category – 15% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14, 13, 12 and 11 scores predicted);
   • 5th winning category – 20% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14, 13, 12, 11 and 10 scores predicted);
   • 6th winning category – 35% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14, 13, 12, 11, 10 and 9 scores predicted);
3. The category with all 14 correct outcomes is also funded by a Jackpot which was formed from the previous drawings.
4. Jackpot – an extra winning distributed among bets where all 14 matches are predicted, rateably the sum of these bets (if you bet more, you win more). It is based on  previous drawings of Toto in which one or several winning purses were not raffled off, i.e. when the best bet correctly predicted less than 14 (13, 12, 11, 10, 9) events. Jackpot prize is not raffled off and increases for every next drawing until one of the bettors guesses the results of all events. A wagering company has a right to enlarge a jackpot by means of its own monetary funds.
5. Jackpot distribution in the case of void matches ‘not played’:
   • 1 void match – 35% of the Jackpot is distributed;
   • 2 void matches – 20% of the Jackpot is distributed;
   • 3 or more void matches, then all bets will be void and stakes returned to the players.
6. The distribution of a jackpot in case of 1 event considered to be cancelled will be made in accordance with p.4.2
7. The distribution of a jackpot in case of 2 events considered to be cancelled:
   • 1st winning category – 5% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14 scores predicted);
   • 3rd winning category – 15% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14, 13 and 12 scores predicted);
   • 4th winning category – 25% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14, 13, 12 and 11 scores predicted);
   • 5th winning category – 45% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14, 13, 12, 11 and 10 scores predicted);
8. The distribution of a jackpot in case of 3 events considered to be cancelled:
   • 1st winning category – 10% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14 scores predicted);
   • 2nd winning category – 15% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14 and 13 scores predicted);
   • 3rd winning category – 25% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14, 13 and 12 scores predicted);
   • 4th winning category – 50% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 14, 13, 12 and 11 scores predicted);

16.5 Calculation of winnings

5.1 The win for each variant is settled by multiplying the winning coefficient for a particular category by the bet amount 1€ for this variant. The winning coefficient for a particular category is settled by dividing the overall prize fund of this category by the sum of all bets with correct variants (i.e. if you bet more, you win more). 
5.2 Winnings are credited within 1 hour after the last match of TOTO-Football drawing but not later than 12 hours after the last match of TOTO drawing in case of force majeure.

17. TOTO «Ice Hockey»

Totalizator «Ice Hockey» – requires a player to place bets on results of ice hockey matches. Bets are accepted only on regular time (OT and shootouts are not included).

The Toto ticket consists of 5 matches with each match score of them. The player will need to predict the results correctly in 2 or more matches in order to win bet.

To place a single bet, you need to choose one score for each match on the bet slip. For accumulator bets, you may select 2 or more scores in each of the matches. Thereby the total number of bets and the bet stake is correspondingly doubled, trebled etc.

In order to receive a prize the player will need to predict the results correctly in 2 or more matches. 95% of the Toto Pool is distributed between the successful players

If all the matches are played (no void matches) the Toto Prize Pool is distributed into 4* winning categories and also for the Jackpot of the next Toto Game**.

• 1st winning category – 5% from Toto Prize Pool, ( 5 scores predicted);
• 2nd winning category – 10% from Toto Prize Pool, ( no less than 4 scores predicted);
• 3rd winning category – 25% from Toto Prize Pool, ( no less than 3 scores predicted);
• 4th winning category – 55% from Toto Prize Pool, ( no less than 2 scores predicted);

* – If there are 1 or 2 void matches, the Toto Prize Pool is distributed according to rule «The Jackpot distribution where 1 or more matches are void».
** – If there are no winning bets in the 1st winning category.

Distribution of the Toto Prize Pool from winning categories which don’t have any winning bets.

If any event from the Match List is considered to be cancelled, all the outcomes for such event are considered to be lost. Minimum number of correctly predicted variants is not changed, it should be guessed 2 events.

(Match is considered failed, if the start time of the match postponed later than the date of the last match in the TOTO Ice Hockey ticket.)

The Jackpot is distributed amongst bets successfully predicting 5 or 4 correct scores, according to their size. The larger the stake, the larger the prize.

The Jackpot remains not won if no-one successfully predicts 5 or 4 correct scores.

All bets, successfully predicting scores in all 5 matches share 95% of the Jackpot. The remaining 5% of the Jackpot is distributed among bets at least successfully 4 scores predicted.

The Jackpot distribution where 1 or more matches are void:

• 1 void match – 25% of the Jackpot is distributed (4 successfully predicted correct scores);
• 2 void matches – The Jackpot is not paid and the fund is carried over to the next Toto Game.

Toto Prize Pool distribution in case of 1 void match:

• 4 scores – 10%, 3 scores – 12.5%, 2 scores – 70%.

If there are 2 or more void matches, then all bets will be void and stakes returned to the players.

18. TOTO «Basketball»

Totalizator «Basketball» – requires a player to place bets on results of basketball matches. Bets are accepted only on regular time.

The Toto ticket consists of 9 matches with each match score of them. The player will need to predict the results correctly in 4 and more matches in order to win bet.

To place a single bet, you need to choose one score of 9 events on the bet slip. You have to predict not only the winner of the match but total of the match. There is a bet on draw. For accumulator bets, you may select 2 or more scores in each of the matches. Thereby the total number of bets and the bet stake is correspondingly doubled, trebled etc.

In order to receive a prize the player will need to predict the results correctly in 4 or more matches. 90% of the Toto Pool is distributed between the successful players

If all the matches are played (no void matches) the Toto Prize Pool is distributed into 4* winning categories and also for the Jackpot of the next Toto Game**.

• 1st winning category – 5% from Toto Prize Pool; ( 9 scores predicted);
• 2nd winning category – 5% from Toto Prize Pool; ( not less than 8 scores predicted);
• 3rd winning category – 10% from Toto Prize Pool; ( not less than 7 scores predicted);
• 4th winning category – 10% from Toto Prize Pool; ( not less than 6 scores predicted);
• 4th winning category – 25% from Toto Prize Pool; ( not less than 5 scores predicted);
• 4th winning category – 45% from Toto Prize Pool;  ( not less than 4 scores predicted);

* – If there are 1 or 2 void matches, the Toto Prize Pool is distributed according to rule «The Jackpot distribution where 1 or more matches are void».
** – If there are no winning bets in the 1st winning category.

Distribution of the Toto Prize Pool from winning categories which don’t have any winning bets.

If any event from the Match List is considered to be cancelled, all the outcomes for such event are considered to be lost. Minimum number of correctly predicted variants are not changed, it should be guessed 4 events.

(Match is considered failed, if the start time of the match postponed later than the date of the last match in the TOTO Basketball.)

 The Jackpot is distributed amongst bets successfully predicting 9 correct scores, according to their size. The larger the stake, the larger the prize.

The Jackpot remains not won if no-one successfully predicts 9 correct scores.

The Jackpot distribution where 1 or more matches are void:

• 1 void match – 25% of the Jackpot is distributed (4 successfully predicted correct scores);

Toto Prize Pool distribution in case of 1 void match:

• 8 scores – 5%
• 7 scores – 10%
• 6 scores – 10%
• 5 scores — 25%
• 4 scores — 50%

Toto Prize Pool distribution in case of 2 void match:

• 7 scores – 5%
• 6 scores – 10%
• 5 scores – 30%
• 4 scores — 55%

If there are 3 or more void matches, then all bets will be void and stakes returned to the players.

19. TOTO «FIFA»

The Toto FIFA is a game in which players bet on the Home win, Draw, Away win, or the final correct score of a number of predefined matches. BetWinner collects all bets into a Toto Pool (monetary sum); to which players contribute prior to the start of the matches. After all the matches have finished BetWinner distributes the Toto Prize Pool between all winning players according to these rules.

Toto bet slip is a list of 15 events with its outcomes. It is filled in by a contestant to make bets. The bet “Home wins” is designated as “1”; the bet “Away wins” is designated as “2”; the bet “Draw” is designated as “X”. A bettor can select accumulator outcomes on every event. In this case the amount of bet versions increases (and the minimal stake correspondingly).

Toto bet is a combination of event outcomes (one for each match of the coming Toto) on which a contestant bets; and also the amount of this sum of money.

A player wins a bet if he correctly predicts the results of 9 events or more, and loses if he/she guesses less than 9 events.

Should a player lose, then his bet is lost. Should a player win, then bet is included in the bets payout from the prize money as its component.

The distribution of the prize fund by categories
15 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
14 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
13 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
12 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
11 correctly predicted – 10% of the prize fund.
10 correctly predicted – 18% of the prize fund.
9 correctly predicted – 32% of the prize fund.

Prize Money is distributed to winning bets rateably the sum of each bet according to the place of its distribution.

Jackpot – an extra winning distributed among bets rateably the sum of these bets.

It is based on  previous drawings of Toto in which one or several winning purses were not raffled off, i.e. when the best bet correctly predicted less than 14 (13, 12, 11, 10, 9) events.

Jackpot prize is not raffled off and increases for every next drawing until one of the bettors guesses the results of all events.

The betting company has the right to enlarge a jackpot by means of its own monetary funds.

Bets on all events of parimutuel betting are accepted for the regular playing time unless otherwise specified.Bets are accepted up until the earliest match starts but does not include void matches. Start of the issue is the actual beginning of the match, which was the first to start in the issue; at this the matches, acknowledged to be void, are not taken into account.

A match is considered incomplete in toto betting in case of it is invalidated according to the Rules of the betting company BetWinner.

If any event from the Match List is considered to be cancelled, all the outcomes for such event are considered as a win.
The distribution of a jackpot in case the events are incomplete:
1 event considered to be cancelled – 35% of Jackpot is paid out;
2 events considered to be cancelled – 25% of Jackpot is paid out;
3 events considered to be cancelled – 10% of Jackpot is paid out;
4 events considered to be cancelled – 5% of Jackpot is paid out.

If 3 events from the Match List are considered cancelled, the category of “9 correct outcomes” is not paid.
In this case the category of “10 correct outcomes” will have 40% of the prize fund, the category of “11 correct outcomes” – 20%, the category of “12 correct outcomes” – 15%, categories 13 and 14 correct outcomes – 10% each, the category of “15 correct outcomes” – 5%.

If 4 events from the Match List are considered cancelled, the categories from 9 and 10 correct outcomes are not paid. In this case the category of “11 correct outcomes” will have 45% of the prize fund, the category of “12 correct outcomes” – 25%, the category of “13 correct outcomes” – 15%, the category of “14 correct outcomes” – 10%, the category “15 correct outcomes” – 5%.
If before the start of events the Company has information about the cancellation of any event from the List, or if any of the events were scheduled incorrectly in the List (wrong names of opponents, wrong home/away team), as well as in the case of force majeure, including technical failures that may prevent all interested persons to make bets on the draw in full, the Company has an option (but not an obligation) to consider the List as void, cancel all bets and rebuild the List on the basis of it being cancelled.

20. Main sources of information

21. Calculation of «Accumulator» and «System» bets

You can input any stake value, number of events and their odds into this calculator and it will show you all the possible combinations and potential winnings.

1. Select the events

   A system bet must include between 3 and 20 selections on unrelated events.

2. Select the type of system bet

   The system type determines the minimum number of bets that must win. For example, in a 2/3 system bet, at least 2 of the 3 selections must win and one can lose.

3. The accumulators are created

   Once a system type has been selected, all the possible accumulators for this type are created. A 2/3 system contains 3 accumulators, while a 2/4 system contains 6.

4. Set the stake

   The total stake amount is divided evenly between all the accumulator bets. For example, a 2/3 system bet with a stake of 150 is considered to be 3 accumulator bets, each with a stake of 50.

5. The winnings are calculated

   Winnings from accumulator bets are calculated by multiplying the odds of all the outcomes in the accumulator by the total stake. Winnings from a system bet are calculated by adding together all the winning accumulators.

22. Golden Race

GoldenGames – present multimedia events with deliberately unknown results, which are stream via Internet to a chain of betting shops.

22.1 Virtual football

There is a new virtual 3-D football match held every five minutes. A match lasts 90 seconds.

Types of bets:

• Home (1)– win of the first (home) team in match;
• Draw (Х)– a result in competitions that reveals no winner;
• Away (2)– win of the second (away) team;
• Double Chance
  • 1Х – the first team wins the match or draw;
  • 12 – the first team wins or the second team wins;
  • Х2 – draw or the second team wins;
• Half-time/ Full-time– how the first half ends and how the whole match ends:
  • 1/1- the first team wins the first half and the first team wins the match;
  • 1/Х- the first team wins the first half, the match ends in a draw;
  • 1/2- the first team wins the first half; the second team wins the match;
  • Х/1- the first half ends in a draw; the first team wins the match;
  • Х/Х- the first half and the match end in a draw;
  • Х/2- the first half ends in a draw, the second team wins the match;
  • 2/1- the second team wins the first half, the first team wins the match;
  • 2/Х- the second team wins the first half, the match ends in a draw;
  • 2/2- the second team wins the first half and the match;
• Match score – you need to predict the correct score in the match, list of suggested score bets is displayed on the screen before the beginning of the match;
• Number of goals – you need to predict the number of scored goals in the match, suggested numbers of possible scored goals is displayed on the screen before the beginning of the match;
• Over 2,5/Under 2,5 – you need to predict whether the number of scored goals will be over 2.5 or under 2.5;
• No goals/One team to score – you need to predict whether there will be no goals or only one team will core;
• Both teams to score – you need to predict whether both teams will score at least one goal;

Betting options:

Single bet – one or several bets in one bet slip. Events are independent from each other. Winning on a single bet is equal to the product of the amount of bet on the outcome for your present odds.

The maximum total for a ticket – indicates the bid amount of each single bet multiplied by an odds.

For a single bet it is possible to set individual bet amounts for each outcome as well as entering total amount, which is automatically divided into the number of bets in the ticket.

22.2 Virtual 3D-league

Virtual 3D-league is a fast and exciting game designed especially for football fans to follow and root for their favourite team during the whole season. 

This option offers the best markets (compared to other 3D football games) to place bets while you can analyze teams’ statictics of recent games, tournament brackets, etc.

Twenty teams participate in the league with both home and away matches and subsequently move towards the top of the standings as points are earned.

The game consists of leagues that go one by one day by day. Results of all games can be found in the global statistics tab. Each league consists of 38 game weeks – a period of time during which the teams are to play home and away matches. During the first 19 game weeks half of the teams play home matches, during game weeks 20-38 away matches are played. 10 matches are simultaneously played each game week (total 38 matches in a league). One game week lasts for five minutes (190 minutes for a league).

Before the start of an event an acton line for major outcomes to bet on as well as current week number will appear on the screen.

Teams in the list on the right play home matches, teams in the list on the left play away matches. Logos and teams’ short names are given there as well. During the demonstration of odds names of teams are changed periodically to a number of their position in the tournament table, where arrows indicate the value of the progress. Example, the 10 number and the green arrow with a value of “­3” indicate that the team according to the result of the previous match has lost three points and rank to the tenth in the tournament table. In case of a dash, the team retained the position.

The first five matches in the list out of ten are streamed – main match of a week. In the process of streaming, live­results of 9 other matches are showing from the bottom line.

Stream of the main match of a week (as all weeks with simultaneous matches) lasts 5 minutes, after which the successive game week starts, or if it was a 38 week, the first week of a new League begins.

Main match is divided on 6 game points, where can be scored a goal. The maximum number of goals in game is 6! There is video replay for scoring chances  in a game, shortly after the goal. The score to the left on the screen changes  in favour of a  team to score a goal. In the same part of the screen there is the information with logos of the teams of the main match of the week, their names,the current time (45 minutes) and a minute of the game.

Having completed a week, the results of the main outcomes and  the tournament bracket including the latest games of the week and summary results of previous periods are available for a time. 20 participating teams of a League are in the following order: from the first to the lowest rank depending on number of  points. Also there are a history of  the last five matches,  statistics of victories, losses and draws. A sequential number of the 38th week is changed with the transition to 1 League week. The tournament bracket is zeroed and summarizes the information on the results of new League matches.

Available bets and combinations:

1. Result of a match – Identify, In your opinion, how the regular time of a football match ends, a victory of a Home Team(1), Draw(X) or a victory of an Away Team(2);
2. Result in the first time – Identify, In your opinion, how the first time of a football match ends, a victory of a Home Team(1), Draw(X) or a victory of an Away Team(2);
3. Double chance – Identify two most  likely, from your point of view, alternative outcomes. A bet will play if one or another event took place in the current match. The following outcomes are available:
   • 1/Х – a victory of a Home Team or draw in a match;
   • 1/2 – a victory of a Home Team or  Away Team;
   • Х/2 – a draw or victory of an Away Team.
4. Half time – Full time (“HT – FT”) – Identify, In your opinion, how the first time and then a full time will end. A bet will play if both events take place! It is important to note that in notation of the outcome below the first part indicates the result of the first half in the current match, and the second one indicates the result of the full time  (1 – a victory of a Home Team, 2 – a victory of an Away Team, X – draw). The following outcomes are available:
   • 1/1 – Half time and Full time will end in a victory of a Home Team;
   • 1/Х – Half time will end in a victory of a Home Team and Full time will end in a draw;
   • 1/2 – Half time will end in a victory of a Home Team and Full time – Away Team;
   • Х/1 – Half time will end in a draw and Full time will end in a victory of a Home Team;
   • Х/Х – Half time and Full time will end in a draw;
   • Х/2 – Half time – draw, Full time will end in a victory of an Away Team;
   • 2/1 – Half time will end in a victory of an Away Team and Full time will end in a victory of a Home Team;
   • 2/Х – Half time will end in a victory of an Away Team and Full time – draw;
   • 2/2 – Half time and Full time will end in a  victory of an Away Team.
5. Score in a math – Identify a score, In your opinion, the current match will end. A list of all the possible outcomes with the odds is reflected on the screen before the match. It is important to remember that the bet with the score 4-2 is placed on 4 goals, which will be scored by a Home Team and 2 – Away Team;
6. A number of goals – identify, in your opinion, how many goals , from both teams, will be scored in the match (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6). The proposed odds  for each option are reflected on a screen before a match;
   Multigoal – identify, in your opinion, how many goals will be scored in the current match  in an interval from the minimum and maximum possible numbers. Example, if you place “Multigoal 1-4 “, it means, that your bet will play, if there are 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 goals in Full time. The bet “Multigoal”  intersects with the bet ” Number of goals”, if the minimum and maximum values are equal. 
7. Total – identify, in your opinion, more or less goals will be scored in a match:
   • 0,5 Over/Under – you place a bet on Full time, 0,5 Over or Under goals will be score
   • 1,5 Over/Under  – you place a bet on Full time, 1,5 Over or Under goals will be scored.
   • 2,5 Over/Under  – you place a bet on Full time, 2,5 Over or Under goals will be scored.
   • 3,5 Over/Under – you place a bet on Full time, 3,5 Over or Under goals will be scored.
8. Goals – identify, in your opinion, there will not be goals or only one team will score in the regular time of a match(NG/OS) or two teams will score at least one goal ( TWO will score):
   • No goals/One will score – you place a bet on Full time, there will be no goals or one team will score. The bet will play, if the score is the following: 0-0, 0-1, 0-2, 0-3, 0-4, 0-5, 0-6, 1-0, 2-0, 3-0, 4-0, 5-0, 6-0;
   • Two will score – you place a bet on Full time, two teams will score. The bet will play, if the score is the following: 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4, 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 4-1, 4-2 or 5-1..
9. Result of a match +Total – identify, in your opinion, how full time will end (Away/Draw/Home) and Under/Over condition will take place in one bet. It will play, if the both conditions take place: 
   • 1X2 + 1,5 over / under – the bet is on full time and 1,5 over / under goals.
   • 1X2 + 2,5 under / over – the bet is on full time and 2,5 over / under goals.
   • 1X2 + 3,5 over / under – the bet is on full time and 3,5 over / under goals.

22.3 Greyhound and Horse Racing

6 hounds or horses take part in each race. There is a new race held every 2-5 minutes.

Betting options:

• Winner – you pick the first place in the race – the starting number will finish in the first place.
• Double or Exacta – the picked numbers will finish in the first and the second places correspondingly.
• Quinella – you pick the numbers that will finish in the first or in second the place in any order.
• Triple – you pick the first, second and third places in the correct order – the numbers will finish in the first, second and third places correcpondingly.
• Place1-2 – you pick the number that you think will finish in the first or second place.
• Place1-3 – you pick that number that you think will finish in the first, second or third place.
• System Double and Triple – You can bet on all combinations of numbers at the racing event. With Double you have to bet on minimum 2 start numbers. With Triple you have to bet on minimum 3 start numbers.

Extrabets:

• Odd/Even – bet on a participant with an even number (2, 4, 6) or odds (1, 3, 5);
• Over/Under – bet on a participant with the number larger than 3 (over – 4, 5, 6) or smaller (under – 1, 2, 3);

Example: Double system

• First 2 numbers – 2 combinations (1-2/2-1)
• First 3 numbers – 6 combinations (1-2/1-3/2-1/2-3/3-1/3-2)
• First 4 numbers – 12 combinations
• First 5 numbers – 20 combinations
• First 6 numbers – 30 combinations

Example: Triple System

• First 3 numbers – 6 combinations (1-2-3/1-3-2/2-1-3/2-3-1/3-1-2/3-2-1)
• First 4 numbers – 24 combinations
• First 5 numbers – 60 combinations
• First 6 numbers – 120 combinations

22.4 Motorcycle Races

This dynamic game  gives you the possibility to bet on  circle moto races. Races start every 2-9 minutes(5 minutes by default). It is a fast race of sports bikes on paved surface in one circle. 6 riders are involved in each race, there are 3 prizes. Each game has its own event number for which the results are listed on the scoreboard (the last six results) and open database (see Motorcycle Results).

Types of bets:

• Winner – bet on a number of a participant, who the player believes should come first;
• Double – a player choose two numbers of participants, who should come first and second in chosen order;
• Trifecta – three races, which will finish, in your opinion, in the 1st, the 2nd and the 3rd places in the specified order;
• Quinella – enter two numbers of bikes which, in your opinion, will finish in in the 1st and the 2nd place in any order;
• Place 1-2– choose one bib number which, in your opinion, will place the 1st or at least the 2nd place in the race;
• Place 1-3 – choose one bib number which, in your opinion, will place the 1st or at least the 3rd place in the race.

Double and Triple System – place a bet on all combinations of offered outcomes of Double and Trifecta involving only the participants of the race. Double – the bet on two bib numbers.Triple – the bet on at least three bib numbers;

Example: Double System

• First 2 numbers – 2 combinations (1-2/2-1);
• First 3 numbers – 6 combinations (1-2/1-3/2-1/2-3/3-1/3-2);
• First 4 numbers – 12 combinations;
• First 5 numbers – 20 combinations;
• First 6 numbers – 30 combinations.

Special cases: in order to avoid any misunderstanding with technical difficulties of programmes (computer hangs, screen is off and etc.) and/or the Internet failure (lost of the network connection, signal loss and etc.), placing a bet you need to make sure coincidence of the event number in the bet slip and the number of the current event on the screen (or scrolling text at the bottom on the TV).

If, for technical issues, the event has not been shown, and its number did not appear in the history of recent events on the TV, in this case, the player should check the bet receiving the result of the event from the cashier, or via the link above.

The lack of an event’s stream in a betting shop, for technical issues, shall not be the reason of bet cancellation.

22.5 Speedway

Four motorcycles participate in each race. Races start every 2-5 minutes.

Types of bets:

• Winner – bet on a number of a participant, who the player believes should come first;
• Double – the player choose two numbers of participants, who should come first and second in chosen order.
• Double System – the player can place bet on all suggested outcomes in Double System for certain numbers of the participants. The player should choose minimum two participants.

Extra bets:

• Even – win of the biker under an even identification number (2 or 4);
• Odd – win of the biker under an odd identification number (1 or 3);
• Under – win of the biker under the odd identification number from the first of 2 (1, 2);
• Over – win of the biker under the odd identification number from the second of 2 (3, 4).

23. Global Bet

Camels  

1. Winner or Single Bet. Player A bets on a participant to win the race. Player A wins if the chosen participant he picked is first across the finish line. Example: If the player bets on participant #5, it must arrive on the 1st place so he can win the bet. 
2. Place Bet. For a Place Bet it means that a player wins if its chosen participant finishes 1st or 2nd in the race.  Example: If the player chooses racer #4 and its chosen racer finishes 1st or 2nd at the end of the race the bet is won. 
3. Show. The player is betting on a participant to finish 1st, 2nd or 3rd. Example: The player bets on participant #4. If the racer finishes in one of these three positions, then the player wins the bet. 
4. Over/Under 3.5.Player bets on the winner´s start position to be over/under 3.5. 
   • NOTE – For virtual races with 8 participants we have available the Over/Under 4.5 betting option.     
   • Example over 3.5: Participant #4 wins the race. The number 4 is Over 3.5, so the bet is won. 
   • Example under 3.5: Participant #2 wins the race. The number 2 is Under 3.5, so the bet is won.  
5. Even/Odd.The player bets on whether the winner´s start position number will be Even/Odd. 
   • Example Even: Participant #4 wins the race. Number 4 is even, so the player wins the bet. 
   • Example Odd: Participant #5 wins the race. Number 5 is odd, so the player wins the bet. 
6. Forecast or Exacta. The player picks 2 participants to finish 1st and 2nd in a specific order. Example: The player chooses participant #2 to arrive 1st and participant #1 to finish 2nd. To win, both racers must finish in the exact order, the player specified in his bet.  
7. Quinella. The player bets on two participants to finish the race 1st and 2nd place in any order. Example: If the player selects the participants #4 and #5 and they finish the race 1st and 2nd in any order, then he wins.  
8. Tricast or Trifecta. The player picks 3 runners to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in a specific order. Example: 2-3-5. The bet is won if the racers finish the race in the exact order specified by the player. 
9. Forecast Combinations. The player can select two or more participants and bet on their every possible combination that two of its selections will finish 1st and 2nd in any order. The system will automatically calculate all the possible bets from the chosen numbers. Example: There are 2 bets placed on the ticket (2-4, 4-2); 
10. Tricast Combinations.  The player can select three or more participants and bet on their every possible combination to be finishing 1st, 2nd and 3rd in an exact order. The ticketing component will work out automatically all the possible combinations. Example: on 3 selections, there are 6 bets: (3-4-5, 3-5-4, 4-3-5, 4-5-3, 5-3-4, 5-4-3)

23.1 Virtual Football

1. Football main screen:
   • Besides general information about the match, the main screen shows the standard betting options. To place a bet the player simply selects the selection they want by pressing on the desired odds.
   • Accept or change the stake on the virtual betting slip and press   to submit and print the ticket.
2. Betting types:
   • 1X2
     • 1    bet on the home team.
     • X    bet on a draw.
     • 2    bet on the away team.
     • 1X    bet on a home win or a draw (Double Chance).
     • X2    bet on an away win or a draw (Double Chance).
     • 12    bet on either a home win or an away win (Double Chance).
   • Over/ Under 2.5 (0-U)
     • Over 2.5. Player bets on 3 or more goals in a selected game. England – Nigeria 3:2 ; final score = Over 2.5
     • Under 2.5. Player bets on less than 3 goals in a selected game.   England – Nigeria   0:1 final score = Under 2.5
   • Goal/ No Goal (G-NG)
     • Goal          A player bets on both teams to score a goal.
     • No Goal    A player bets that only one or neither team scores a goal.
   • CORRECT SCORE. A player bets on the final score in a selected game Example: 2-1.
   • TOTAL GOALS. A player bets on the total number of goals in a selected game.

23.2 Dogs and Horses Bets

1. Winner or Single Bet. The player bets on a chosen dog/horse to win the race. Example: The player bets on dog/horse number 5 to win the race. If the dog/horse 5 crosses 1st the finish line, the bet is won.  
2. Place Bet. The player bets on a dog/horse to finish the race either on 1st or 2nd place. Example: The player bets on dog/horse number 4 to finish the race either on 1st or 2nd place. If the dog/horse 4 finishes in one of those positions, the bet is won. 
3. Show. The player bets on a dog/horse to finish the race in either 1st, 2nd or 3rd place. The player wins if its chosen dog/horse finishes either on 1st, 2nd or 3rd place. Example: The player bets on dog/horse number 4 to finish the race in either 1st, 2nd or 3rd place. If the dog/horse 4 finishes in one of these three positions, the bet is won. 
4. Over/Under 3.5. NOTE – For virtual races with 8 participants we have available the Over/Under 4.5 betting option. The player can bet whether the winning dog/horse number is over or under 3.5.  Example: The player bets on the number of the dog/horse to be over 3.5 and dog/horse number 4 wins the race. In this case the customer wins the bet. ​​​​​​​Example: The player bets on the number of the dog/horse to be under 3.5 and dog/horse number 2 wins the race. In this case the customer wins the bet. 
5. Even/Odd. Each dog/horse has a number. The player can bet whether the winning dog/horse number is Even or Odd. Example: The player bets on the number of the winning dog/horse to be Even. If the dog/horse number 4 wins the race, then the customer wins the bet. ​​​​​​​Example: The player bets on the number of the winning dog/horse to be Odd. If the dog/horse number 3 wins the race, then the customer wins the bet. ​​​​​​​
6. Forecast or Exacta. The player bets on two dogs/horses to finish 1st and 2nd in the exact order he specified on his ticket. Example: If the player bets on the dog/horse number 2 to finish the race 1st and on dog/horse number 1 to finish 2nd, they must finish in these exact positions, so the bet is won. 
7. ​​​​​​​Quinella. The player bets on two dogs/horses to finish the race on 1st and 2nd position in any order. ​​​​​​​Example: The player wins if dog/horse 4 finishes 1st and Dog/Horse 5 finishes 2nd or the player wins if dog/horse 5 finishes 1st and Dog/Horse 4 finishes 2nd. 
8. Tricast or Trifecta. The player bets on three dogs/horses to finish the race on 1st, 2nd and 3rd position in the exact order he specified on his ticket. ​​​​​​​Example: 2-3-5. If the player bets on dog/horse number 2 to finish the race on 1st position, dog/horse number 3 to finish on 2nd position and dog/horse number 5 to finish on 3rd position then they must finish in these exact positions, so the bet is won.  
9. Forecast Combinations. The player selects two or more dogs/horses and bets on every possible combination that two of its selections will finish 1st and 2nd in any order. The system will calculate automatically all the possible bets based on the numbers that were chosen. ​​​​​​​Example: The player selects dog/horse number 2 and 4 to finish on 1st and 2nd position.
   • He wins the bet if:
     • Dog/Horse 2 finishes 1st and Dog/Horse 4 finishes 2nd. 
     • Dog/Horse 4 finishes 1st and Dog/Horse 2 finishes 2nd. 
10. Tricast Combinations. The player selects three or more dogs/horses and bets on every possible combination that its selections will finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in that exact order.  Example: If a player selects dog/horse number 3, 4 and 5, then they will have the following six betting combinations available. The player must hit one of these combinations exactly to win the bet.  The system will calculate automatically all the possible bets based on the numbers that were chosen.  (3-45, 3-5-4, 4-3-5, 4-5-3, 5-3-4, 5-4-3).

23.3 Football League

The Football League is a Championship where all teams play each other twice (home and away). The number of teams in a Championship can vary depending on the League. One game is played on the main screen whilst all the others are running in parallel at the same time. The player can bet on every game allowing for combination bets to be placed. 

Betting options:  

1. 1 X 2  
   • 1     A player bets on the home team to win. 
   • X     A player bets on the match to finish in a draw.   
   • 2     A player bets on the away team to win. 
   • 1X     A player bets on either the home team to win or a draw. (Double Chance) 
   • X2     A player bets on either the away team to win or a draw. (Double Chance) 
   • 12     A player bets on either the home team to win or the away team to win. (Double Chance) 
2. GG   A player bets on both teams to score at least one goal. 
3. NG  A player bets that only one or neither team scores a goal.
4. Over 1.5      A player bets that there will be over 1.5 goals in a game (2 or more goals scored).   Example: England – Nigeria 3:2, the player wins the bet. 
5. Under 1.5     A player bets that there will be under 1.5 goals in a game (less than 2 goals scored).  Example: England – Nigeria 0:1, the player wins the bet.  
6. Over 2.5:     A player bets that there will be over 2.5 goals in a game (3 or more goals scored). Example: England – Nigeria 3:2, the player wins the bet. 
7. Under 2.5     A player bets that there will be under 2.5 goals in a game (less than 3 goals scored).  Example: England – Nigeria 0:1, the player wins the bet.  
8. Correct Score   A player bets on the final score in a game.  Example: 2-1. 
9. Total Goals   A player bets on how many goals will be scored in a game. 
10. The betting options Correct Score and Total Goals can be located as shown in the following image:
    • Home Team Over/Under   
      • Over 0.5:     A player bets that the home team will score over 0.5 goals in a game (1 or more goals scored).   Example:  England – Nigeria: 2:0, the player wins the bet. 
      • Under 0.5:    A player bets that the home team will score under 0.5 goals in a game (no goals scored).    Example:  England – Nigeria 0:2, the player wins the bet. 
      • Over 1.5:     A player bets that the home team will score over 1.5 goals in a game (2 or more goals scored).   Example:  England – Nigeria 3:4, the player wins. 
      • Under 1.5:    A player bets that the home team will score under 1.5 goals in a game (less than 2 goals scored).  Example: England – Nigeria 1:0, the player wins. 
      • Over 2.5:     A player bets that the home team will score over 2.5 goals in a game (3 or more goals scored).   Example: England – Nigeria 3:0, the player wins the bet.  
      • Under 2.5:    A player bets that the home team will score under 2.5 goals in a game (less than 3 goals scored). Example: England – Nigeria 1:0, the player wins the bet. 
      • Over 3.5:     A player bets that the home team will score over 3.5 goals in a game (4 or more goals scored).    Example: England – Nigeria 5:0, the player wins the bet. 
      • Under 3.5:    A player bets that the home team will score under 3.5 goals in a game (less than 4 goals scored). Example: England – Nigeria 1:0, the player wins the bet.   
    • Away Team Over/Under   
      • Over 0.5:     A player bets that the away team will score over 0.5 goals in a game (1 or more goals scored).   Example: England – Nigeria 0:2, the player wins the bet. 
      • Under 0.5:    A player bets that the away team will score under 0.5 goals in a game (no goals scored).  Example: England – Nigeria 0:0, the player wins. 
      • Over 1.5:     A player bets that the away team will score over 1.5 goals in a game (2 or more goals scored).   Example: England – Nigeria 0:3, the player wins the bet. 
      • Under 1.5:    A player bets that the away team will score under 1.5 goals in a game (less than 2 goals scored). Example: England – Nigeria 0:1, the player wins the bet.   
      • Over 2.5:     A player bets that the away team will score over 2.5 goals in a game (3 or more goals scored).   Example: England – Nigeria 3:3, the player wins the bet.  
      • Under 2.5:    A player bets that the away team will score under 2.5 goals in a game (less than 3 goals scored). Example: England – Nigeria 1:2, the player wins the bet. 
      • Over 3.5:  A player bets that the away team will score over 3.5 goals in a game (4 or more goals scored).   Example: England – Nigeria 1:4, the player wins the bet. 
      • Under 3.5:    A player bets that the away team will score under 3.5 goals in a game (less than 4 goals scored). Example: England – Nigeria 0:3, the player wins the bet. 
    • 1X2 Over/Under 1.5:  
      • 1X2 Over 1.5: A player bets on the outcome of the match (1) home win (X) draw (2) away win and that there will be over 1.5 goals in the game (2 or more goals scored). Example: If the player bets on England to win the match and the score is: England – Nigeria 2:0, the player wins the bet. 
      • 1X2 Under 1.5: A player bets on the outcome of the match (1) home win (X) draw (2) away win and that there will be under 1.5 goals in the game (less than 2 goals scored). Example: If the player bets on Nigeria to win the match and the score is: England – Nigeria 0:1, the player wins the bet. 
    • 1X2 Over/Under 2.5:   
      • 1X2 Over 2.5: A player bets on the outcome of the match (1) home win (X) draw (2) away win and that there will be over 2.5 goals in the game (3 or more goals scored). Example: If the player bets on England to win the match and the score is: England – Nigeria 3:1, the player wins the bet. 
      • 1X2 Under 2.5: A player bets on the outcome of the match (1) home win (X) draw (2) away win and that there will be under 2.5 goals in the game (less than 3 goals scored). Example: If the player bets on the match finishing in a draw and the score is: England – Nigeria 1:1, the player wins the bet.

23.4 Motorcycle Speedway Races (4 participants only)

1. Winner or Single Bet. Player bets on a racer to win at given odds. Player wins if their chosen racer is the first across the finish line. Example: If the player bets on racer #3, it must arrive in 1st place to win the bet!
2. Over/Under 2.5.  Player bets on the winner´s start position that must be over/under 2.5
   • Example Over 2.5: Participant #4 wins the race. The number 4 is Over 2.5, so the bet is won. 
   • Example Under 2.5: Participant #2 wins the race. The number 2 is Under 2.5, so the bet is won.
3. Even/Odd.The player bets on whether the winner´s start position will be Odd/Even.  
   • Example Odd: participant #3 wins the race. Number 3 is odd, so the player wins the bet.
   • Example Even: participant #4 wins the race. Number 4 is even, so the player wins the bet.
4. Forecast or Exacta. The player picks 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd place in the ORDER specified. Example: The player chooses racer #2 to arrive in 1st place and the racer #1 to arrive in 2nd place. To win the bet both racers must finish in the exact order the player placed the bet.
5. Quinella. A player can bet on two racers to finish 1st and 2nd in any order. Example: if the player selects racers #3 and #4 and they finish the race in 1st and 2nd place in either order, the player wins.
6. Tricast or Trifecta. The player can pick 3 runners to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in a specified order. Example: 2-1-3. Bet is only won if the racers finish the race in the exact order that the player has chosen.
7. Forecast Combinations. Players can select two or more participants and bet on every possible combination that two of the selections will finish 1st and 2nd in any order. The system will automatically calculate all possible bets from the numbers chosen. Example: 2 bets placed on ticket (2-4, 4-2);
8. Tricast Combinations. Players can select three or more numbers and bet on every possible combination of their selections finishing 1st, 2nd and 3rd in order.The ticketing component will work out all the different combinations automatically. Example: on 3 selections, there are 6 bets (1-2-3, 1-3-2, 2-1-3, 2-3-1, 3-1-2, 3-2-1.

24. Privacy Policy

This Privacy Policy describes the way in which BetWinner (otherwise referred to herein as “we” or “us”) deal with the information and data you provide to us to enable us to manage your relationship with BetWinner.

We will process any personal information provided to us whether via the BetWinner website (the “Website”), or otherwise held by us relating to you in the manner set out in this Privacy Policy. By submitting your information to us and using the Website you confirm your consent to the use of your personal information as set out in this Privacy Policy. If you do not agree with the terms of this Privacy Policy please do not use the Website or otherwise provide us with your personal information.

24.1 Information collected and its use

The information and data about you which we may collect, use and process includes the following:

1. Information that you provide to us by filling in forms on the Website or any other information you submit to us via the Website or email.
2. Records of correspondence, whether via the Website, email, telephone or other means.
3. Details of the transactions you carry out with us, whether via the Website, telephone or other means.
4. Details of your visits to the Website including traffic data, location data, weblogs and other communication data.

We may use your personal information and data together with other information for the purposes of:

1. processing your bets, including card and on-line payments;
2. setting up, operating and managing your account;
3. complying with our legal and regulatory duties;
4. carrying out customer analyses;
5. providing you with information about promotional offers and our products and services, where you have consented; monitoring transactions for the purposes of preventing fraud, irregular betting, money laundering and cheating.

You can unsubscribe from it using the available functional.

24.2 Disclosures

We are entitled to share the information we hold on you which includes personal data and betting history with the regulator, sporting bodies and other bodies, including the police, in order to investigate fraud and money laundering.

24.3 Security

We will take all reasonable steps as required by law to ensure that the personal information that we collect is accurately recorded and kept securely. All personal information will be destroyed when it is no longer required to be retained or by law.

We do not warrant the security of any information which you transmit to us over the Internet. Any information which you transmit to us is transmitted at your own risk. However, once we receive your transmission, we will take reasonable steps to protect your personal information from misuse, loss or unauthorised access.

24.4 Changes to our privacy policy

Any changes we may make to our Privacy Policy in the future will be posted on this page and any such changes will become effective upon posting of the revised Privacy Policy.

24.5 Anti-Money Laundering/Combating the Financing of Terrorism

BetWinner betting company carries out all appropriate measures to combat money laundering and international terrorism (AML Policy). Thus, the Company has a strong position to prevent all kinds of illegal activity. To fulfill these obligations, the Company is bound to inform competent authorities if there is a reason to suspect that funds which were deposited by the User into his account are related to illegal activity or terrorism financing. The company is also obliged to block such funds and to undertake measures provided for by the rules of the AML policy.

Money laundering means:

• hiding or keeping  privacy regarding the information about the real source, location, disposal, movement, ownership or other property rights related to property obtained as a result of illegal activity,
• conversion, moving, obtaining, possession or use of property which was got as the result of criminal activity for the purpose of concealing the illicit source of such property or assisting persons involved  in crime to avoid legal consequences of their actions,
• a situation in which the property was obtained as a result of criminal activity committed on the territory of another state.

In order to prevent the infiltration of criminal capital into the economy of the state, many countries fight against money laundering and the terrorism financing.

The company applies internal laws and regulations and special measures to help international organizations in combating money laundering and the terrorism financing around the world.

When you open an account, you agree to undertake the following obligations:

• You agree that you comply with all applicable laws and regulations on combating money laundering and terrorism financing, including the АМL Policy.
• You confirm that you have no information or any suspicions about the fact that  funds used for depositing in the past, present or future, are received from any illegal source, or have any relation to legalization of income obtained  illegally, or other unlawful activity prohibited by applicable law or the instructions of any international organizations;
• You agree to immediately provide any information we think fit to require according to applicable laws and regulatory requirements in respect of combating the legalization of funds obtained illegally.

The company collects and keeps the passport or other ID of the User, and reports on all changes made in the account;

The company monitors any suspicious activity on the User’s account, as well as operations carried out under special conditions;

The company has the right to ban the User at any time, if the Company has grounds for supposing that this operation has any relation to money laundering and criminal activity. In accordance with international law the Company is not obliged to inform the User about his suspicious activity and let him know that it has been passed to relevant authorities.

In accordance with the internal AML procedures the Company performs initial and ongoing personal identity verification procedures as provided by the level of risk of each User.

• The company will ask you to provide the minimal information to confirm your identity.
• The company will record and preserve all data and ID, as well as which methods of confirmation have been used and the results of verification procedures.
• The company will check your personal data to match the list of persons suspected of terrorism, which is formed by the authorized state and independent authorities. A minimum set of identification data includes: the User’s full name; date of birth (for individuals); residential address or registered address of the User;
• sources of funds that you plan to Deposit into the account.

To verify and confirm the authenticity of the above-mentioned data, the Company may require the following documents:

• passport or identification card, or other document equivalent that meets the following requirements: contains the name, date of birth and a photograph of the document holder;
• issued by the national public authorities, a recently obtained receipt for the payment of utility bills (not older than 3 months) or other documents confirming the address of the User.

The company may also require other additional information, confirmed by relevant documents. In certain cases, the Company may also require notarized copies of documents from the User.

25. CASINO

1. There is a lot of specialised terminology used in the betting industry. If you are not sure about the meaning of an expression, you should not place a bet in a game using such an expression until you fully understand its meaning.
   The bookmaker BetWinner shall not be responsible for bets placed by you in games that are using terminology which is not clear to you.
2. Please read the rules provided in the game before you play.
3. If you start playing, it means that you accept and undertake to comply with the rules of the game, table and/or tournament you have selected.
4. It is prohibited to enter into collusion to participate, directly or indirectly, in any collusion scheme with any other player in the course of any game in which you participate now or will participate in the future.
5. You must examine the legality of your participation in gambling and of the use of the appropriate software which provides access to gambling in your location and make sure that your actions are not in breach of any regulations or legislation in the relevant jurisdiction.
6. Winnings over €10,000 are considered Big Wins and must be approved by Partners of the bookmaker prior to the funds being credited to your account and/or being available for withdrawal.
7. A bet is considered accepted after it has registered on the server and has been confirmed online. Registered bets are not eligible for cancellation or amendments.
8. Your stake cannot exceed your current account balance. Once a bet has been registered, the stake is debited from the account. The winnings are credited to your account after the bet has been settled.
9. No complaints or disputes about the acceptance or settlement of bets shall be accepted upon the expiry of 10 (ten) calendar days from the date of the transaction.
10. If you wish to lodge a complaint regarding the work of the Service, you must contact Customer Support as soon as possible. If necessary, your complaint will be forwarded to the relevant decision makers for the final decision.
11. You acknowledge that our random number generator will determine the outcome of the games played through the bookmaker and you accept the outcomes of all such games. You agree that in the unlikely event of a discrepancy between the result that appears on your screen and result displayed on the game server, the result that appears on the game server will prevail. You acknowledge and agree that our technical records will be the final authority in determining the terms and circumstances of your participation in the relevant online gaming activity and the results of this participation.
12. To contact a member of the Customer Support team and discuss any issues that might arise, please use the online chat or e-mail

25.1 PROMOTIONS

BONUSES

1. The bonus is a deal between the bookmaker BetWinner and the customer. The bookmaker BetWinner provides the customer with funds for the game, and the customer takes responsibility for satisfying the wagering requirement before requesting the withdrawal of the funds.
2. Bonuses may have additional terms and conditions, so before activating a bonus we strongly advise that you read them carefully to receive complete information and to avoid misunderstandings.
3. Bonuses can only be used by one customer, on one device, at one IP address, in one browser.
4. There can only be one active bonus on an Account at any one time. Bonuses related to deposits are not cumulative. Bonuses are applied one after another. The next bonus will become available after an earlier bonus is redeemed or revoked.
5. The bonuses are only available to customers with fully completed personal information in their Account, with an activated phone number and who agreed to the terms of the bonus program while registering. The minimum deposit amount for participation in the bonus offer depends on the chosen bonus.
6. The bonus amount will be placed into a Bonus Balance and will be kept separate from your Cash Balance.
7. The bonus and winnings received from it will be lost upon the expiry of the bonus. The average bonus validity period is 30 (thirty) days from the date of crediting.
8. The validity period of   BetWinner the bonus free spins depends on the provider and is not subject to regulation by the bookmaker.
9. The bookmaker BetWinner is entitled to change the terms and conditions of bonuses, to suspend or terminate them at any time.
10. The General Terms and Conditions apply.

WAGERING REQUIREMENT

1. While a bonus is activated you have the right to place bets using funds, both on your bonus account and on your main account. Please keep in mind that while there is an active bonus on the account, any requests for withdrawal will be declined until the bonus wagering requirement is met in full or until you reject the bonus.
2. To redeem the bonus, you need to place a required amount in bets. In most cases, if not stated otherwise in the bonus conditions, you are required to place bets with the total stake equal to the amount of the bonus multiplied a specific number of times: the wagering requirement = bonus amount x required number of times.
3. All deposit bonuses must be redeemed by wagering the bonus amount.
4. Until the bonus has been redeemed, stakes cannot exceed €5.
5. After the bonus has been redeemed, your main account will be credited with the remaining bonus funds, but can not exceed the initial bonus amount. If, after the bonus is redeemed, the bonus account balance is less than the minimum stake amount, the bonus is deemed to have been lost.
6. The stake percentage taken into account for the wagering requirement purposes (“contribution”) is different for different games. Bets on all versions of Roulette, Baccarat, Blackjack, Poker and slots from the “Others” section do not count toward the wagering requirement. Stakes in all other slot games count toward the wagering requirement in full (100%). However please note that these figures ​​may change from time to time. To find out the up-to-date contribution percentages please contact Customer Support.
7. You can make a withdrawal request before the bonus is redeemed. However, in this event the bonus amount and the winnings received while redeeming the bonus will be canceled.
8. All winnings received from playing using bonus funds and requested for withdrawal are to be verified by the Company before the payment is processed. Depending on the outcome of the verification, the Company reserves the right to request the customer provide their personal data and payment method confirmation details.

BONUS CANCELLATION

1. Any customer may decline all or any individual promotions by contacting Customer Support at [email protected], via an online chat, or by taking the necessary steps in their Account.
2. When canceling a bonus, your bonus balance hits “zero” and you do not need to meet wagering requirements any longer.
3. You can decline to continue meeting bonus wagering requirements in your Account. If the bonus has been declined after it was partially redeemed, any winnings generated while redeeming the bonus will be canceled.

ABUSE OF BONUSES

1. Bonus abuse by Players is not permitted. The following ratio of bonuses received in relation to deposits is as deemed abuse: 70% bonus funds received on between 5 and 9 deposits; 50% bonus funds received on 10 or more deposits. In the event of such abuse, the Company reserves the right to prohibit the Player from receiving any bonuses and cancel any winnings obtained using bonus funds both during wagering and after it.
2. The bookmaker BetWinner reserves the right to review the transaction history and customer logs for any reason and at any time. If during such a review misuse of bonuses by a player is revealed, the bookmaker has the right to cancel the bonuses for this customer.
3. If administration determines that while redeeming a bonus you use gaming strategies not approved by the bookmaker BetWinner, the bookmaker is entitled to apply penalty measures and exclude you from current and all future promotions.
4. Here are several known examples of clearing a bonus wagering requirement strategies which we consider unacceptable:
   • placing a high volume of bets which has a minimal impact on your balance. One example of this strategy can be betting on all numbers on a roulette or simultaneous betting on red and black
   • placing big bets (over €5) with the aim of increasing the bonus balance rapidly and then dramatically reducing the stakes (more than twofold) for no apparent reason and with a sufficient account balance. Each of these cases will be considered separately by the Service administration
   • placing big bets in games with a low contribution (stake percentage that counts towards the wagering requirement) and then placing smaller bets in games with a larger contribution
   • delaying any round of any game, including free spins and bonuses, to a later time when there are no wagering requirements and/or restrictions on making new deposits while free spins and bonuses are still available in the game
   • any combinations of the above gaming tactics.
5. When abuse of bonuses by a customer is identified, the bookmaker BetWinner is entitled to apply the following measures to the customer: canceling all existing bonuses and bonus winnings; blocking the customer’s account.
6. You are strongly advised to provide your actual telephone number during registration, as the bookmaker might use it to confirm your identity. If it is not possible to get in touch with you, the bookmaker is entitled to apply restrictions on the use of bonuses, as well as to block your account.

WELCOME PACKAGE

1. Before making a deposit into their account, customers must agree to receive a casino bonus either on the ‘Account Settings’ page in the My Account section, or directly on the ‘Deposit’ page.
2. The bonus will be automatically activated and credited to your account within 24 (twenty-four) hours of all.
3. To be eligible for the First Deposit Bonus, you need to make a deposit of €10 (ten euro) or higher; to be eligible for the Second, Third and Fourth Deposit Bonuses the deposit amount must be €15 (fifteen euro) or higher.
4. The maximum First Deposit Bonus that can be claimed is €300 (three hundred euro); the maximum Second Deposit Bonus is €350 (three hundred and fifty euro); the maximum Third Deposit Bonus is €400 (four hundred euro); and the maximum Fourth Deposit Bonus is €450 (three hundred and fifty euro).
5. All deposit bonuses must be redeemed by wagering the bonus amount 35 (thirty-five) times.
6. The activated bonus must be redeemed within 7 (seven) days.
7. Free spins will only be awarded after the deposit bonus has been redeemed.
8. Winnings received on free spins are credited to the main account and do not need to be redeemed.
9. Until the bonus has been redeemed, stakes cannot exceed €5.
10. If a user switches between types of bonuses (although he has already made his choice), refuses them or receives an opposite type of bonus, he loses the right to participate in the Company’s bonus offers for subsequent deposits, including a welcome package and a 50% 10th deposit bonus.

50% BONUS ON 10TH DEPOSIT

1. If a user switches between types of bonuses (although he has already made his choice), refuses them or receives an opposite type of bonus, he loses the right to participate in the Company’s bonus offers for subsequent deposits, including a welcome package and a 50% 10th deposit bonus.
2. The bonus will be automatically activated and credited to your account within 24 (twenty-four) hours of all the requirements of the bonus offer set out.
3. To be eligible for the Bonus on the 10th Deposit, you must make a deposit of at least of €10 (ten euro).
4. The maximum bonus amount that can be claimed is €300 (three hundred euro).
5. The bonus must be redeemed by wagering the bonus amount 35 times.
6. The activated bonus must be redeemed within 48 (forty-eight) hours.
7. The number of free spins will be calculated based on the balance on your account at the moment when the deposit is made. You will get one free spin for each €5 (five euro) of the main account balance. The deposit itself is not taken into account when calculating the number of free spins. Free spins are awarded within 15 (fifteen) minutes of the deposit being made when all requirements of the bonus offer of the Company have been met. 
8. The winnings received on free spins are credited to the main account and do not need to be redeemed.
9. Until the bonus has been redeemed, stakes cannot be higher than €5 (five euro).

GIFTS

1. A gift is a special type of bonus which does not require a deposit and is only available to those who have agreed to participate in the casino’s bonus offers.
2. Special terms and conditions may apply to gifts, so, before activating them, we highly recommend that you read the T&Cs (bonus amount, wagering requirement etc.) in the relevant section of the My Account page carefully, to get more complete information on this and avoid any misunderstandings.
3. Only one gift per game account can be active at any one time. Gifts do not accumulate and are used according to the queuing principle i.e. the next gift becomes avaliable once the previous gift has been redeemed, canceled or suspended during wagering.
4. A Gift, as well as any winnings made using it, will be lost after it expires. The validity period is specified on the My Account page in the “Bonuses and Gifts” section of our website. A gift is active from the moment it is awarded. Suspending the wagering bonus does not prolong the validity period of an avaliable gift offer.
5. With an active gift, a customer has the right to place bets using funds in their real account.
6. All the Betting Company’s T&Cs, including all the other terms and conditions of the Company’s bonus policy that do not conflict with the above items, apply.

25.2 STOP LIST OF WAGERING GAMES

In order to redeem winnings from a bonus, players are subject to wagering the amount won depending on the terms of every individual bonus. Players can wager the winnings in various video slot games with a list of exceptions. The following list includes games to which the wagering norms do not apply

10c Min – European Roulette, 10P Roulette, 12 Number Roulette, 1429 Uncharted Seas, 1524 Golden Quest, 20 Flaring Fruits, 20 Super Stars, 21 Burn Blackjack, 3 Amigos, 3 Card Blackjack, 3 Card Poker, 3-Hand Casino Hold’em, 3- Hand Casino Hold‘em, 300 Carat BJ, 300 Carat European Roulette, 3D Baccarat, 3D Blackjack, 3D European Roulette, 3D Lucky Number, 4 Dragon Kings, 4 of a Kind Bonus Poker, 4H Steam Joker Poker, 5 Flaring Fruits, 50 Flaring Fruits, 6 Bingo, 6 Card Poker, 7 11 21, 7 Days Anotherland, 7 Fruits, 7 Handed Blackjack (European), 7 Handed Blackjack American, 7 Solitaire, 7-UP, 777, 8 Leprechauns: Scratch Card, 88 Bingo 88, 88 Golden 88, 88 Riches, 888 Dragons™, 888 Gems 3×3, 888 Gems Pull Tabs, 8th Wonder, 9 Pots of Gold HyperSpins™, A Christmas Carol, A Night In Paris JP, Ace Bonus, Aces & Deuces Bonus Poker, Aces & Eights, Aces & faces poker, Aces and Eights 1 Hand, Aces and Eights 10 Hand, Aces and Eights 100 Hand, Aces and Eights 5 Hand, Aces and Eights 50 Hand, Aces And Eights Poker, Aces and Faces, Aces And Faces HD, Aces and Faces Poker, Aces&Faces, Acey Deucey, Action!, Africa, After Night Falls, Age of Asgard, Age of Knights, AirCombat 1942, Aladdin’s Lamp, Alchemy Blast, Alchymedes, Alien Hunter, Alkemor’s Tower, All Aces, All American, All American 4 Hands, All American HD, All American Poker 1 Hand, All American Poker 10 Hand, All American Poker 100 Hand, All American Poker 5 Hand, All American Poker 50 Hand, Allstar Knockout, Alter World, Amaterasu Keno, Amazing Link Riches, American Blackjack, American Gold Poker, American Poker II, American Poker V, American Roulette, American Roulette 3D, American Roulette Gold Series, American Roulette High Stakes, American Roulette Privee, American Roulette Pro, Ancient Magic, Andar Bahar, Andar Nights, Angel & Devil, Animal Fishing, Apollo, Aquarium, Arabeska, Arabian, Arabic Roulette, Argentina League, Argo, Asia Wins, Astro Legends: Lyra & Erion, AstroBoomers: To The Moon!, AstroBoomers: TURBO!, At The Copa, Atlantic City Blackjack, Atlantic City Blackjack Elite Edition, Atlantic City Blackjack Gold, Atlantis, Atlantis Bingo, Atom, Aura of Jupiter, Auto-Roulette, Auto-Roulette La Partage, Auto-Roulette VIP, Avalon Scratch, Awesome Money, Aztec, Baccarat, Baccarat – Punto Banco, Baccarat 777, Baccarat Babes, Baccarat Deluxe, Baccarat Mini, Baccarat No Commission, Baccarat Pro, Baccarat Super 6, Baccarat Supreme, Baccarat Supreme No Commission, Baccarat VIP, Baccarat Wheel, Baccarat Zero Commission, Back Blackjack, Back to the Fruits Respins of Amun Re, Balloon, Balloon Run, Banana Bingo, Bank Job, Bank of Gold, Bank Robbers, Barn Ville, Baron Samedi, Basketball, Basketball Strike, Battleships, Beauty and the Beast, Bee Fab Pull Tab, Beer Party, Beer Tycoon, Belangkai, Bet Velodrom 3D, Biergarten Fest Scratch Card, Big Apple Wins, Big Win Baccarat, Bikini Party, Billion Llama, Bingo 3, Bingo 37, Bingo 37 Ticket, Bingo 75, Bingo 90, Bingo Bruxaria, Bingo Cientista Doidão, Bingo Gatinho, Bingo Gênio, Bingo Halloween, Bingo Hortinha, Bingo Iglu, Bingo Pilipino, Bingo Pirata, Bingo Pop, Bingo Saga Loca, Bingo Samba Rio, Bingo Señor Taco, Bingo Señorita Calavera, Bingo Soccer, Bingo Trevo da Sorte, Bingole, Bingolícia, Bingote, Birds and Animals, Birds Slot, Birds!, Bit BlackJack, Bit Holdem, Black Beauty, Black Jack, Black Jack 21, Black Jack VIP, Blackjack, Blackjack (3 Hand), Blackjack – Multi-hand, Blackjack – Single Deck™, Blackjack 21 + 3, Blackjack Atlantic City, Blackjack Bonus, Blackjack Classic, BlackJack Classic™, Blackjack Double, Blackjack Double Exposure, Blackjack Double Exposure 3 Hand, Blackjack European, Blackjack Fast , Last updated: June 2022 Blackjack Gold 5, BlackJack High, BlackJack Lucky Sevens, Blackjack Mh, Blackjack Multihand, Blackjack Perfect Pairs, Blackjack Platinum 1, Blackjack Royal Pairs, Blackjack Single Deck, Blackjack Supreme Multi Hand, Blackjack Supreme Single Hand, Blackjack Surrender, Blackjack Switch, Blackjack Touch – Single Deck, Blackjack Vegas Strip, Blackjack VIP, Blackjack Xchange, BlackJack™, Blazing Fruits, Blazing Fruits 3×3, Blazing Fruits Pull Tabs, Blood Eternal, Blood Queen Scratch, Blood Suckers, Blood Suckers™, Blossom Wings, Blue Beard, Board Games, Boat Trip Mississippi, Bomb Squad, Bonanza Wheel, Bonus Deuces Wild, Bonus Deuces Wild 1 Hand, Bonus Deuces Wild 10 Hand, Bonus Deuces Wild 100 Hand, Bonus Deuces Wild 5 Hand, Bonus Deuces Wild 50 Hand, Bonus Deuces Wild Poker, Bonus Poker, Bonus Poker 1 Hand, Bonus Poker 10 Hand, Bonus Poker 100 Hand, Bonus Poker 5 Hand, Bonus Poker 50 Hand, Book of Bastet, Book Of Crazy Chicken, Book of Juno, Book Of Keno, Book of Madness, Book of Madness Respins of Amun Re, Book of Oasis, Book of Romeo & Julia, Book of Romeo and Julia Golden Nights, Book of Shadows, Book of Slingo, Book of Win, Books & Bounties, Books & Bulls Golden Nights, Books & Pearls, Books & Temples, Books And Bulls RHFP, Books and Pearls Respins of Amun Re, Booming Bananas, Booming Seven , Booming Seven Deluxe, Boss The Lotto, Boto Bingo, Boxes, Break Da Bank Again Respin, Bubble Mania, Buffalo Spirit 3×3, Buffalo Spirit Pull Tabs, Bull Cards, Bull Fight, Bun in the Oven, Burning Ice, Burning Ice 10, Burning Ice 40, Burning Keno, Burning Pearl Bingo, Cabaret Dancing Bones, Cai Shen Bingo, Cai Shen Fishing, Caishen Dao, Calavera Bingo, Candy, Cappadocia, Captain Domino, Card Roulette, Caribbean Beach Poker, Caribbean Blackjack, Caribbean Hold’em, Caribbean Poker, Caribbean Saga, Caribbean Stud, Caribbean Stud Poker, Carnaval Bingo, Carnaval Forever, Carnaval Scratchcard, Carol Of The Elves, Carousel, Cash Cuisine, Cash or Crash, Casino, Casino Battle, Casino Hold’em, Casino Holdem, Casino Holdem 1, Casino Hold`em, Casino Roulette , Casino Slot, Casino Stud Poker, Casino War, Caterpillars, Cazino Cosmos, Celebrity Zoo Scratch Card, Champions, Champions Bingo II, Champions Ondemand, Charming Wheel, Charms & Clovers, Chefs Menu, Cherry Blast, Cherry Blast Scratch, Cherry Bomb Deluxe, Cherry Cherry Scratchcard, Chicago Bang Bang!, Chicago Nights, Chilli Pop, Chilling Tiger, Christmas Party, Christmas Slot, Chuck a Luck, Circus, Circus Bingo, City Slot, Classi Keno, Classic 1, Classic 2, Classic Blackjack, Classic Blackjack Gold Series, Classic Cars Deluxe, Classic Mario, Classico, Coils of Cash, Coin Conqueror, Coin Field, Coin Vault, Coins, Color Champion, Colours, Cool Buck – 5 Reel, Copa Libertadores, Cops & Robbers, Cosmic Crystals Scratch, Courier Sweeper, Cowboy, Craps, Crazy Mice, Crazy Monkey, Cricket X, Crown & Anchor, Crypto Mania Bingo, Crystal Ball Golden Nights, Crystal Ball Red Hot Firepot, Crystal Burst XXL, Cup Cakes, Cupid’s Scratch, Curious Machine Plus, Cute Cats, Cutie Cat, Cutie Cat Crazy Chicken Shooter, Cyber Catz: Scratch Card, Dark, Dark 100, Dark Joker Rizes, Dark Vortex, Darts 180, Dashing Derby, Dazzling 7, Dead or Alive™, Delighted Dragon, Deuces & Jokers, Deuces and Joker, Deuces Wild, Deuces Wild 1 Hand, Deuces Wild 10 Hand, Deuces Wild 100 Hand, Deuces Wild 4 Hands, Deuces Wild 5 Hand, Deuces Wild 50 Hand, Deuces Wild HD, Deuces Wild Video Poker, Deutsches Roulette, Diamond, Diamond Deal, Diamond Rich Life 3×3, Diamond Rich Life Pull Tabs, Diamond Valley, Diamonds, Diamonds are Forever 3 Lines, Dice, Dice Bingo, Disc of Athena, Disco Keno, Disco Night, Disco Spin 3×3, Disco Spin Pull Tabs, Divine Fire, Dog 6 H.Odds, Dog H.Odds On Demand, Dog Racing, Dogs 3D, Domino QiuQiu, Donut City, Donut Rush, Double Aces & Faces, Double Bonus, Double Bonus Poker, Double Bonus Poker 1 Hand, Double Bonus Poker 10 Hand, Double Bonus Poker 100 Hand, Double Bonus Poker 5 Hand, Double Bonus Poker 50 Hand, Double Bonus Poker HD, Double Double Bonus, Double Double Bonus Poker, Double Last updated: June 2022 Double Bonus Poker 1 Hand, Double Double Bonus Poker 10 Hand, Double Double Bonus Poker 100 Hand, Double Double Bonus Poker 5 Hand, Double Double Bonus Poker 50 Hand, Double Dragons, Double Exposure, Double Exposure Blackjack mh, Double Joker, Double Joker Poker HD, Double Your Dough, Dr. Jekyll & Mr. Hyde, Draculars Blood Bank Scratch, Dragon Dance, Dragon Fishing, Dragon Fishing II, Dragon Kings™, Dragon Master, Dragon Of The Princess, Dragon Scrolls, Dragon Tiger, Dragon’s Cave, Dragons Tomb, Draw High Low, Duck Shooter, Duck Shooter Crazy Chicken Shooter, Duobao Baccarat, Dwarf’s Gold, Dynamic Paytable Roulette, E-Bingo, E.T. Races, E.T.Races, Easter Island, Easter Island 2, Easter Pick, Egg Hunter, EggOMatic™, El Porko Mafioso, Elephant Scratchcard, Elite of Evil: The First Quest, Elusive Gonzales, England League, England League Ondemand, English Fast League, English Soccer, Epic Gems, Escape from Alcatraz, Euro Cup 2020, Euro Cup 2020 Ondemand, Euro League Legends, Euro Roulette, Euro Twins Roulette, European Blackjack, European Blackjack Elite Edition, European Blackjack Mh, European Roulette, European Roulette Christmas Edition, European Roulette Dark Mode, European Roulette Gold Series, European Roulette High Stakes, European Roulette Low Stakes, European Roulette Pro, European Roulette Small Bets, European Roulette VIP, Evolution, Explodiac Red Hot Firepot, Explosive Cocktail, Exposure Blackjack, Extra Bingo , Extra Clovers, Extreme, Extremely Rich, Ez2 Lotto, F777 Fighter, Fa-Fa Twins , Faces & Deuces, Faerie Spells™, Fair Roulette, Fair Roulette Privee, Fair Roulette Pro, Fall of the Beast, Fan Tan, Fancy Fruits Crazy Chicken Shooter, Fancy Fruits Golden Nights, Fancy Fruits Respins of Amun Re, Fancy Fruits RHFP, FanTan, Fashion, Fashion TV Nations League, Fervent Diamond, Fervent Diamond Nudge, Fire & Steel, Firefly Keno, Firestorm Bingo, Firing Hot, First Person American Roulette, First Person Baccarat, First Person Blackjack, First Person Craps, First Person Dragon Tiger, First Person Dream Catcher, First Person Football Studio, First Person Golden Wealth Baccarat, First Person Lightning Baccarat, First Person Lightning Roulette, First Person Mega Ball, First Person Roulette, First Person Blackjack, Fish Prawn Crab, Fish-Prawn-Crab Dice, Fishermen Gold, Fishing Expedition, Fishing God, Fishing Kingdom, Fishing War, Five Aces, Five Ball Fiesta, Five Dragons Fishing, Five Hand Vegas Blackjack, Five Hand Vegas Blackjack V2, Flame Roulette, Flash Winnings, FLG Game, Fly Jet, Fly Piggy Fly, Football, Football 3×3, Football Bet, Football Hub, Football League Round, Football Penalty Duel, Football Pro Scratchcard, Football Slot, Football Streak, Football Strike, Force Of Dragon, Forest Animal, Forest Party, Forever Diamonds, Fort Brave, Fortuna, Fortune, Fortune 18, Fortune black, Fortunes, Four Aces, Four Seasons, Frankenslot’s Monster, Freecell, Freeway Poker, French Keno, French Roulette, French Roulette Privee, French Roulette Pro, Frenzy Discs: Twin Numbers, Frog Creek, Fruit, Fruit Bat Crazy™, Fruit Casino, Fruit Casino 3×3, Fruit Casino Pull Tabs, Fruit Cocktail, Fruit Fashion, Fruit Heat, Fruit Love, Fruit Mania, Fruit Mania Golden Nights, Fruit Punch Up, Fruit Rush, Fruit Scapes, Fruit Scapes 3×3, Fruit Scapes Pull Tabs, Fruit Snapz, Fruitoids, Fruitomatic, Fruits Bar, Fruits Bar Pull Tabs, Fruits Fortune Wheel, Fruits Fortune Wheel 3×3, Fruits Fortune Wheel Pull Tabs, Fruitsie, Fruity Flurry, Fruity Taste, Fun Fruit, Gagarin-61, Galaxy, Galaxy Roulette, Gambeta Bingo, Gangsters, Gates of Persia, Gem Fishing, Gem Riches, Gem Roulette, Genie Wishes, Germany League, Germany League Ondemand, Ghost Pirates™, Gifts of Ostara Scratch, Giovanni’s Gems, Global American Roulette, Global Bet, Global Euro Roulette, Global Poker Roulette, Go Go Magic Cat, Go Go Magic Dog, Go Gold Fishing 360, Goal, Goal Football League Round – Italian, Goal Football League Round – Spanish, Goblin Run, Gods Slash Fish, GodzFishing, Gold and Money, Gold Bars & Rounds, Gold Cai-Shen Fishing, Gold Cai-Shen Fishing 2, Gold Canyon™, Gold Digger: Mines™, Gold Dragon 360, Gold Rooster Lottery, Gold Roulette , Goldaur Last updated: June 2022 Guardians, Golden Chip Roulette, Golden Clover, Golden Crab, Golden Dragon, Golden Dragon Club, Golden Egg Keno, Golden Egg Of Crazy Chicken, Golden Egg of Crazy Chicken Crazy Chicken Shooter, Golden Garuda, Golden Girls, Golden Hook™, Golden Joker Dice, Golden Lemon, Golden Lemon Deluxe, Golden Lucky Cat, Golden Potion, Goldfire 7s, Good Girl/Bad Girl, Gorgeous Diamond, Gorgeous Diamond 3×3, Grand Crown, Grand Riches, Great Warrior, Greedy Goblins, Green Grocery, Greyhound Races, Greyhound Streak, Greyhounds, Greyhounds Ondemand, Guess Train, Gypsy Rose, Hallow Pick, Halloween, Halloween Keno, Halloween Lotto, Halloween Money, Halloween Scratch Card, Halloween Slot, Happy 10, Happy Beast Cards, Happy Birds, Happy Cards, Happy Holidays Scratch, Happy Lottery, Happy New Year, Haunted Money, Haunted Money 3×3, Haunted Money Pull Tabs, Havana Club, Heads & Tails, Heads and Tails, Heads and Tails XY, Heart Of Princess, Hearts, Hearts of Three, Hellfire, Hi-Lo Blackjack, Hi-Lo Switch, High Hand Holdem Poker, High low, Highway Stars, Hilo, HiLo Gambler, Hockey, Holdem Poker, HollyWood Bingo, Holmes & The Stolen Stones, Holmes and the Stolen Stones, Horse 6, Horse 6 Ondemand, Horse Racing Real, Horse Racing Roulette, Horse Racing Virtual, Horses 10 Flat, Horses 10 Flat Ondemand, Horses 10 Sprint, Horses 10 Sprint Ondemand, Horses 12 Flat, Horses 12 Sprint, Horses 6 H. Odds, Horses 6 H. Odds Ondemand, Horses 8 Flat, Horses 8 Flat Ondemand, Horses 8 Sprint, Horses 8 Sprint Ondemand, Horses Streak, Horseshoe, Hot Fruits Wheel, Hot Fruits Wheel 3×3, Hot Fruits Wheel Pull Tabs, Hot Keno, Houdini, Huaguoshan Legends, Hugo 2, Hyper Burst, Immortal Romance, In Between Poker, Infinitely Hot, Instant Bingo, Instant Football, Instant Greyhounds , Instant Horses, Instant Speedway, Instant Trotting, Instant Velodrome, Irish Charms, Irish Story 3×3, Irish Story Keno, Irish Story Pull Tabs, Island 2, It Came From Venus JP, Italia 3×3, Italia League, Italian Fast League, Italian Roulette, Italian Soccer, Italy League Ondemand, Jack Hammer 2: Fishy Business™, Jack Hammer™, Jackpot, Jackpot 6000™, Jackpot Cherries, Jackpot Poker, Jackpot Roulette, Jackpot Stud Poker, Jacks or Better, Jacks or Better 1 Hand, Jacks or Better 10 Hand, Jacks or Better 100 Hand, Jacks or Better 4 Hands, Jacks or Better 5 Hand, Jacks or Better 50 Hand, Jacks or Better Double Up, Jacks Or Better HD, Jacks Or Better Poker, Jacks or Better Saloon, Jade Butterfly™, James Cook, JetX, JetX 3, Jewel, Jingle Up, Jogo Do Bicho, Joker Dice, Joker Factor, Joker Poker, Joker Poker 100 Hand, Joker Poker 4 Hands, Joker Poker Aces HD, Joker Poker Kings HD, Jokerizer, Joker´s Wild, Jolly Poker, Just a bingo, KA Fish Hunter, Kawaii Kitty, Keno, Keno Deluxe, Keno Fortunes, Keno Live, Keno Neon, Keno Night, Keno Pop, Keno Rush, Keno T+, Keno Universe, Keno Vegas, Keno80, King & Queen, King Octopus, King of Fruits, King of Jumping Scratch, King of Jungle, King of the Jungle, King Of The Jungle Golden Nights, Kingly Crown, Kitten Rest, Kitty Cash, Kitty Cash Scratch, Kitty Puzzle, La Dolce Vita, La Dolce Vita Golden Nights, La Dolce Vita RHFP, Land Of Heroes, Land of Ozz, Las Vegas, Lava Lions, Le Kaffee Bar, Legend of Erlang, Legend Of The Nile™, Let It Ride Poker, Let’s Enhance, Libertadores Ondemand, Lightning Joker, Lightning Lucky Six, Lightning Roulette, Limbo Cat, Limoncello, Live Lotto, Live Roulette, Live Slots, Livegames 37, Locomodin, London Hunter, Loot or Boot, Lost Treasure, Lost Vegas Zombies Scratch, Lottery Wheel, Lotto Lucky, Lotus Love, Love Magic, LoveYa, Low Roulette, Lucky 3, Lucky 5, Lucky 7, Lucky 7 Blackjack, Lucky Card, Lucky Cat Blackjack, Lucky Christmas, Lucky Clover, Lucky Coin, Lucky Coins, Lucky Day: Cheltenham Champions, Lucky Day: Christmas Cashcade, Lucky Day: Eggstravaganza, Lucky Day: Football Gold, Lucky Day: Mega Hallowin, Lucky Day: Summer Spike, Lucky Drink, Lucky Drink In Egypt, Lucky Green 777, Lucky Keno, Lucky Ocean, Lucky Pigs, Lucky Riches Hyperspins, Lucky Roulette, Lucky Sevens, Lucky Six , Lucky Spin European Roulette, Lucky Tanks, Lucky Trick Pull Tabs, Lucky Wheel, Lucky X, Ludo, Last updated: June 2022 LUX Roulette, Luxor Scratch, Luxurious World, Luxury Lux, Maaax Diamonds Golden Nights, Mafia: Syndicate, Magic, Magic Garden, Magic Garden 10, Magic Garden 40, Magic Luck, Magic of Christmas, Magic Poker, Magic Rush Deluxe, Magic Rush Win, Magic Shoppe, Magic Stone, Magic Wheel, Magnificent Fruits, Magnify Man, Mahjong, Majesty Fruits, Marswood Party, Martians Attack, Match Day, Match Mania, Max Car Motor Racing, Maxi Roulette, Maya Mystery, Mayan Fire, Mega, Mega Gems, Mega Glam Life, Mega Jack HD, Mega Joker, Mega Love, Mega Score, Megamoney, Mehen, Mermaid Hunter, Mighty Dragon, Million Coins Respin, Mine Field, Miner Babe, Mines, Minesweeper XY, Mini Roulette, Moirai Blaze Scratch, Money Matrix, Money Tree, Money Wheel, Monkey Mania, Monster Blast, Monster Legend, Monsters, Monsters’ Scratch, Moon Stone, More Cat Mania, More Gold Diggin’, More Or Less, Motorbike V2 Ondemand, Motorbikes, Mr Chu Tycoon, Mr. Vegas, Muertitos, Muertitos: Video Bingo, Multi Hand Atlantic City Blackjack, Multi Hand Classic Blackjack, Multi Hand European Blackjack, Multi Hand Vegas Downtown Blackjack, Multi Hand Vegas Single Deck Blackjack, Multi Hand Vegas Strip Blackjack, Multi-Hand Blackjack, Multi-Hand Blackjack V2, Multifire Roulette, Multihand – Jacks or Better Poker, Multihand Blackjack, Multihand Blackjack Pro, Multiplayer Bull Cards, MWA, Mysteries of the East, Nang Kwak, Nascar Streak, Nektan Blackjack, Nektan Roulette, Neon Jungle Scratch, Neon Keno, Neon Roulette, Neon Shapes, Neptune Treasure Bingo, Nerves of Steal, New Triple, New Triple HD, Next Six, Night Wolves, No Commission Baccarat, No Zero Roulette, Nordic Quest, Number Bonus, Number Game, Nuwa, Oasis Poker, Oasis Poker Classic, Ocean Pearl, Ocean Ruler, Ogre Empire, Old Fisherman, Ole Bingo, Olympus Treasures, One More Poker, Oracle Real Casino Roulette, Orient Express, Ozwin’s Jackpots, Pachinko, Pachinko 2, Pachinko 3, Pai Gow, Pai Gow Poker, Paint Scratch, Paris Nights, Partick’s Pick, Party Pop, Patrick’s Magic Field, Penalty, Penalty Series, Penalty Shoot-Out, Penguin City, Persian Nights, Phantom’s Mirror, Pharao’s Riches, Pharao’s Riches Golden Nights, Pharao’s Riches RHFP, Pharaoh, Pharaon, Phoenix’s Fruits, Pick Your Way to a Winner, Piggy Bank, Piggy Bank Scratch, Piggy Picker, Pinocchio, Pip’s Quest, Pirate 21, Pirate Cave, Pirate Cave 3×3, Pirate Cave Pull Tabs, Pirate Island, Pirates Bay, PK10, Planet 67, Planets, Platinum Bullions, Platinum Hounds, PlingoBall, Plinko, Plinko XY, Pok Deng, Poke The Guy, Poker King, Poker Race, Poker Roulette, Poker Teen Patti, Pompeii, Pontoon, Pontoon 21, Pop ’til You Drop, Portomaso Real Casino Roulette 2, Poseidon’s Secret, Power Balls (CD), Power Balls Light, Prehistoric Story, Premier Blackjack with Lucky Lucky™, Premier Blackjack with Side Bets, Princess of Swamp, Pro-Pong Table Tennis, Pull A Cracker, Pull Tab Cashing Rainbows, Pull Tab Go Wild on Safari, Pull Tab Hot Cross Bunnies, Pull Tab Jewellery Box, Pull Tab Shore Thing, Pull Tab Sunset Reels, Pumpkin Patch, Pumpkin Win, Puppy Payday Scratch, Purple Brilliant, Pyramid, Pyramid Treasures, Queen of Gold™, Racing Dogs, Racing Horses, Raid the Piggy Bank, Rainbow 3×3, Rainbow Blackjack, Rainbow Wilds Scratch, Ramses Book Golden Nights, Ramses Book Respins of Amun Re, Ramses Book RHFP, Rasta Bingo, ReTrigger Happy Pull Tab, Real Christmas Roulette, Real Fighting, Realistic Roulette, Red Card, Red Chilli Luck, Red Dog, Red Hot Sevens, Red Hot Sevens Pull Tabs, Red Queen, Red Queen Blackjack, Red Square Games, Reel Extreme, Reel Gems, Reel Gems Deluxe, Reel Hot Respin™, Reel Riches, Reel Steal™, Reels of Wealth, Retro Reels, Retro Solitaire, Rich Life, Rich Life 3×3, Rich Life Pull Tabs, Riches, Ride `Em Poker, Ride’m Poker, Rio Bingo, RNG-WAR, Roasting Hot, Roasting Hot 100 Lines, Roasting Hot 40, Robin Hood: Shifting Riches™, Rock VS Paper: Vikings Mode, Rocket Dice, Rocket Dice XY, Rocky Mocky, Roll To Luck, Roman Legion Extreme Red Hot Firepot, Roman Legion Golden Nights, Romance of the Three Kingdoms, Romeo, Rooftop Fight, Roulette, Roulette Last updated: June 2022 Advanced, Roulette Adviser, Roulette American Pro, Roulette Classic, Roulette Common Draw 12 Numbers, Roulette Euro Pro, Roulette Grand Croupier, Roulette Grand Croupier Chiquito, Roulette Grand Croupier Rebeca, Roulette Royal, Roulette Silver, Roulette Single Zero Roulette, Roulette with track, Roulette X2, Roulette X5, Roulette – American, Roulette™, Royal Court, Royal Riches, Royal Seven Golden Nights, Royal Seven Ultra, Royal Seven XXL, Royal Wealth, Royal Wins, Run Amuck, Russian Keno, Russian Poker, Safari Sam, Saloon, Samurai, San Gong, Santa’s Village, Santa’s Wild Pick, Santa’s Workshop, Sapphire Roulette, Savanna Moon, Scalding Hot, Scarab Treasure, Scout Gaming, Scratch Dice, Scratch Match, Scratchy Bit, Scroll Of Anubis, Scrooge, Scudamore’s Super Stakes™, Seasons, Secret Agent, Secret Cupcakes, Secret of the Stones, SEDIE, Sequential Royal, Sevens, Sevens & Books, Sevens Fire, Sheriff Jack, Shogun Secret Crazy Chicken Shooter, Showball 3, Showdown, Showhands, Si-Xiang Scratch, Sibyl, Sic Bo, Sic bo 888, Sic Bo Dragons, Sic-Bo, Sicbo, Sicbo Australia, Signs Of Fortune, Simply The Best, Sin City Nights, Single Deck Blackjack, Single Deck Blackjack Elite Edition, Single Deck Blackjack Gold Series, Single Deck Blackjack Mh, Single Hand Blackjack, Siren’s Kingdom Scratch, Six Card Charlie Blackjack, Six Shooter, Sizzling Crown, Sizzling Crown Pull Tabs, Slice And Dice, Slingo Advance, Slingo Ante Up, Slingo Berserk, Slingo Big Wheel, Slingo Cascade, Slingo Classic 20th Anniversary, Slingo Fire & Ice, Slingo Fluffy Favourites, Slingo Lightning, Slingo Lucky Larry’s Lobstermania, Slingo Lucky Streak, Slingo Reel King, Slingo Reveal, Slingo Showdown, Slingo Starburst, Slingo Wild Adventure, Slingo Xing Yun Xian, Slot Car Races, Slot It In!, Slots Angels, Snack Blast, Snakes And Ladders, Snow Scratcher, Solar Goddess, Solitaire, Space Cat, Space Cowboy, Space Force, Space Hunters: Scratch Card, Space XY, Spaceship, Spain League, Spain League Ondemand, Spanish Fast League, Speed Cricket Baccarat, Speedway, Speedway Ondemand, Spider Solitaire, Spin 2 Wheels, Spin 2 Win, Spin 2 Win American, Spin 2 Win Royale, Spin 2 Win Royale American, Spin and Win, Spin Dizzy Pull Tab, Spin Payday, Spin X, Spina Colada, Spinball, Spinfinity Man, SpinLotto Scratch, Spino Greyhounds, Spino Horses, Spinola Lottery, Spooky Scary Scratchy, Sport Slot, Squeaky Blinders, Stack’em Scratch, Stacks of Jacks, Stampede, Stardust, Steam Joker Poker, Sticky Diamonds, Sticky Diamonds RHFP, Stuffed with €100s, Sugar Pop, Sugar Pop 2™, Sumi-e, Summer Cocktail, Summer Scratch, Sunny Shores, Suntechnik Classic, Super 6, Super 7 Blackjack, Super Baccarat, Super BarX Pull Tab, Super Bola, Super Duper Cherry, Super Duper Cherry RHFP, Super Fast Hot Hot Respin, Super Graphics Upside Down Pull Tab, Super Keno, Super Las Vegas HD, Super Lucky Reels, Super Mask, Super Multitimes Progressive HD, Super Sevens, Super Shamrock, Super Super Fruit, Super Video Poker, Super7, Superb Keno, Swedish Roulette, Sweet Alchemy Bingo, Sweet Candy Slot, Tai Xiu, Take 5, Take 5 Golden Nights, Take 5 RHFP, Taxi Movida, Teen Patti, Teen Patti Face Off, Temple Stacks: Splitz™, Tennis, Tens or Better, Tens or Better 1 Hand, Tens or Better 10 Hand, Tens or Better 100 Hand, Tens or Better 5 Hand, Tens or Better 50 Hand, Tens Or Better HD, Texas Hold’em Bonus, Texas Hold’em Poker, Texas Holdem Poker, Texas Hold`em, Texas Hold’em Poker 3D, Thai HiLo, The Alchemist, The Angler, The Book Beyond, The Charm of Cleopatra, The Curious Cabinet Scratch, The Dark Joker Rizes, The Deep Monster, The Dollar Game, The Expandable, The Exterminator, The Ghost Walks, The Glam Life, The Gold of Poseidon, The Golden Owl of Athena™, The Harvest Wheel, The Incredible Balloon Machine, The Kingdom Of The Elves, The Land Of Heroes Golden Nights, The Link Scratch, The Moneymania, The One Armed Bandit, The Pesos game, The Saloon HD, The Shield of Zeus, The Slotfather JP, The Slotfather: Part II, The Smart Rabbit, The Thimbles, The Tipsy Tourist, The True Sheriff, The Wish Master™, Thimbles, Three Card Poker, Three Card Poker Deluxe, Three Card Last updated: June 2022 Rummy, Three Cards, Thrones Of Persia, Tiger Scratch, Tiger’s Claw, Tomatina Bingo, Top Secret, Tower of Power, Treasure Island, Treasure of Horus Scratch, Treasure Room, Treasure Tombs, Tree of Fortune, Trevo da Sorte Scratch Card, Trey Poker, Triple 7, Triple Bonus, Triple Bonus HD, Triple Bonus Poker, Triple Double Bonus Poker, Triple Edge Poker (Three Card Poker), Triple Tigers™, Troll Dice, Tron Race, Tropical Fruitsie, Turbo 90, Turbo Keno, Turbo Poker, Turbo Roulette, Turkish Blackjack, Turkish Roulette, Turtle and Phoenix, Tut’s Twister, Tutan keno, TV Roulette, Tycoons, Ultimate Baccarat, Under the Bed, Undersea Battle, Untamed – Giant Panda, Upper Hot, Valley of Pharaohs, Valley Of The Gods, Valley Of The Gods 2, Vampire The Masquerade – Las Vegas, Vampires, Vegas, Vegas 2, Vegas Downtown Blackjack, Vegas Single Deck Blackjack, Vegas Strip Blackjack, Vegas Strip Blackjack Elite Edition, Vegas Strip Blackjack Gold Series, Vegas VIP Gold, Vegas Wins, Victorious™, Video Poker Jacks or Better, Viking, Viking Runecraft Bingo, Viking Voyage™, Viking Wilds Scratch, Vikings Go Berzerk, Vikings go to Hell, Village Fun, Violet Vacation, VIP Keno, VIP Roulette, Virtual Baccarat, Virtual Burning Roulette, Virtual Challenge Cup, Virtual Classic Roulette, Virtual Cup, Virtual Euro Trophy, Virtual Football , Virtual Football Cup, Virtual Football Pro, Virtual Golf, Virtual Greyhound Races, Virtual Horse Races, Virtual Motorcycle Speedway, Virtual Racing, Virtual Roulette, Virtual SicBo, Virtual Soccer, Virtual Tennis , Wai-Kiki Scratch, Walking Death, War, Way of the Warrior: Scratch Card, Wealth Club, Weekend In Vegas, Western Jack, Wheel of Africa, Wheel of Fortune, Wheel of Fruits, Wheel of Hounds, Wheel of Monsters, Wheel of Steal, Wheel of Winners, Wheely Wheely Big, Wicked Circus, Wild Bonus Re-Spins, Wild Extra Cats, Wild Heroes, Wild Jester , Wild Orient, Wild Pops, Wild Rapa Nui, Wild Robo Factory, Wild Rubies Christmas Edition, Wild Rubies Golden Nights, Wild Rubies Red Hot Firepot, Wild Spin, Wild Texas, Wild Water King, Wild West, Wildlife 2, Wilds Gone Wild, Win Blaster, Win Shooter, Windjammer, Winter Night, Winterberries, Wolf Hunters, Won Won Catching, World Cup, World Cup Keno, World Cup Ondemand, World Football, World Hockey League, World of Fruits, World War, XKeno, Xmas 3×3, Xmas Keno Cat, Xmas Luck, XXXtreme, Yak Yeti & Roll™, YaSunHi, Yatzy, Yukon 21, Zeppelin, Zodiac Signs, Zombie Hoard, Zombie Moon, Zombie Party, Zoom Roulette

25.3 ERRORS OR OMISSIONS

1. In the event of malfunction of computer software or hardware which is used by us, we will use reasonable endeavours to rectify the problem as soon as possible. If such problems cause a game to be interrupted to the extent that it cannot be restarted from exactly the same moment it is interrupted without irreversible loss of data, we will apply the most reasonable and fair policies to this situation (which may include reinstating your Account balance as it appeared before the last bet was logged on the Operator’s server immediately prior to the occurrence of the problem).
2. If as a result of an error funds have been credited to your account and you use these funds to place bets or to participate in games, we may cancel such bets and/or withhold any winnings that were received using such funds. If we have paid you winnings received from such bets or games, the bookmaker BetWinner is entitled to have them returned.
3. When you access the Service via the Internet, you must understand that:
   • you may encounter system problems, defects, errors or malfunctions of the Service. If you experience any technical problems, please contact the Support Service by e-mail;
   • success in promotions that are carried out at speed directly depends on the equipment used and the speed of your Internet connection;
   • rules for any promotion or game are always available for review, please do not forget to read them before using the products of our Service. 
4. If you place a bet on a live event, you may not be able to see or otherwise obtain the latest information about the event in the relevant period of time. The bookmaker is not liable to you for any losses that you incur as a result of a delay in the transmission of information relating to any event.
5. You are solely responsible for the speed of your internet connection and the state of the equipment you use to access the internet. The bookmaker BetWinner does not accept any liability for any losses that you incur (as a result of loss of service, poor internet connection or otherwise) due to the internet service providers or telecommunication service providers which you use to access the Service.

25.4 FORCE MAJEURE EVENTS

1. The bookmaker BetWinner will not be liable or responsible for any failure to perform or delay in performance of any of our obligations under the Terms and Conditions that is caused by events outside our reasonable control, including, without limitation, interruption in telecommunication networks, problems with electricity, problems with computers (or other equipment) belonging to third parties, fire, lightning, explosions, floods, extreme weather conditions, strikes and blockages, terrorist acts, acts of government or other competent authorities (“Force Majeure”).
2. Our performance is deemed to be suspended for the Force Majeure period. We will use our reasonable endeavours to bring the Force Majeure event to a close or to find a solution by which the bookmaker BetWinner obligations may be performed despite the Force Majeure event.

26. RESPONSIBLE GAMING

1. Gambling problems are associated with poor mental health and can manifest in depression, anxiety, and suicidal thoughts. They also have an adverse effect on family relationships, work, academic performance, and can lead to bankruptcy or crime.
   Gambling should be an enjoyable pastime and not a way to make money.
   Unfortunately, in some cases abuse of gambling can lead to problems. We take care of our customers and make every effort to provide a safe and reliable service which our customers can use without any damaging consequences.
2. Our company does not allow underage gambling (for persons under the age of 18).
   We do not advertise our products and services to minors or mentally vulnerable people. 
   We guarantee that our advertising, sponsorship, and marketing activities do not contain any information aimed at attracting underage persons to the Service.
3. If you share your computer with underage persons, you should make sure that they do not have access to usernames, passwords, and banking details.
   There is software available for limiting access to gambling, for example NetNanny and Cyber Patrol.
4. We regularly carry out checks to determine the age of our customers to guarantee that all our players have reached the legal age.
   • In some cases our checks cannot confirm the customer’s age and we request the added information to confirm that the player has reached the legal age.
   • Availability personal account may be limit and funds are frozen until we receive the necessary information and the fact that you have reached the legal age will be confirmed unambiguously.
   • The legal age for betting and gambling is determined by laws of your country and is usually 18 years.
   • Our customers should understand that they are the guarantors of their legal registration on BetWinner.com.
5. Our advertising campaigns and ads do not mislead customers or misrepresent the services that we offer. Customers are informed about their chances of winning and possible risks. Services are provided for payment, excessive spending is not encouraged. To test the level of your gambling addiction, please answer “Yes” or “No” to the questions below:
   • Is your spending out of control?
   • Do you typically borrow money or steal to continue gambling?
   • Have you been spending less time with your family and loved ones lately?
   • Have opinions of others about your activity on gambling Services started to irritate you?
   • Have you lost interest in your hobbies or usual leisure activities? 
   • Are you feeling depressed or sometimes even think of suicide because of losing?
   • Have you ever lied to cover up the amount of time or money that you have spent on gambling?
     If you answered “Yes” to most of the questions above, then it is likely that you have a gambling problem.
6. It’s never too late to admit that you have an addiction and to address it. We value our customers and will certainly never contribute to the problem. Please read the following tips to help you reduce the risk of developing a gambling addiction:
   • Do not consider gambling as your main source of income.
   • Put a cap on the amount of money and time you want to spend and do not exceed the limits you set.
   • Only gamble with money that you can afford to lose.
   • Avoid the temptation to chase your losses.
   • Do not gamble if you are under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or are feeling depressed.
7. For customers who want to set limits on their gambling, we offer a voluntary self-exclusion service, which allows you to close your account or restrict your gambling activities for one of the following periods: 1 month, 6 months or 1 year. Once your account has been self-excluded, it will be closed until the selected time period has elapsed. Once the self-exclusion period has ended, you will be able to recommence your use of any Services by contacting Customer Support.
   You can request that the restrictions are removed from your account before the self-exclusion period has ended; however, the final decision rests with the Company.
   • If you want to set limits on your online activity then contact with our Customer Support. We may limit the maximum amount of your stake. You can  amend this amounts in any time but any change will be realize only in 24 hours after the last update.
   • In exceptional cases, a customer’s account may be unblocked before the self-exclusion period expires.
8. During the self-exclusion period you must not attempt to open a new Account and you must accept that the Company shall have no financial liability and shall not be held otherwise accountable if you continue gambling or using a new Account with the Service under a different name or address.